[go: up one dir, main page]

TW200930760A - Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display - Google Patents

Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW200930760A
TW200930760A TW097150526A TW97150526A TW200930760A TW 200930760 A TW200930760 A TW 200930760A TW 097150526 A TW097150526 A TW 097150526A TW 97150526 A TW97150526 A TW 97150526A TW 200930760 A TW200930760 A TW 200930760A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
formula
liquid crystal
crystal alignment
group
diamine
Prior art date
Application number
TW097150526A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TWI454529B (en
Inventor
Hitoshi Yano
Rika Hisada
Original Assignee
Chisso Corp
Chisso Petrochemical Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Chisso Corp, Chisso Petrochemical Corp filed Critical Chisso Corp
Publication of TW200930760A publication Critical patent/TW200930760A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI454529B publication Critical patent/TWI454529B/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/52Liquid crystal materials characterised by components which are not liquid crystals, e.g. additives with special physical aspect: solvents, solid particles
    • C09K19/54Additives having no specific mesophase characterised by their chemical composition
    • C09K19/56Aligning agents
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1337Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • Nonlinear Science (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Mathematical Physics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Liquid Crystal (AREA)
  • Macromolecular Compounds Obtained By Forming Nitrogen-Containing Linkages In General (AREA)
  • Compositions Of Macromolecular Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

This invention provides a liquid crystal display device which has lower ion density and good long-term reliability of the ion density, and can apply to various drive manners. A liquid crystal aligning agent containing a polyamic acid or its derivatives, and an epoxide compound are used to form a liquid crystal alignment film, and to a liquid crystal display device with the liquid crystal alignment film. The polyamic acid and its derivatives are a reaction product of a diamine and tetracarboxylic dianhydride, and the epoxide compound has an average number of function groups larger than 1.

Description

200930760 六、發明說明: 【發明所屬之技術領域】 本發明有關於一種含有聚酿胺酸(polyamic acid)或 其衍生物和環氧化合物的液晶配向劑、由此液晶配向劑所 形成的液晶配向膜、以及具備此液晶配向膜的液晶顯示元 件。 【先前技術】 ^ 液晶顯示元件被使用在筆記型電腦(note personal computer )或桌上型電腦(desktop computer )的監視器 (monitor)、以及攝像機(video camera)的取景器(view nnder)、投影式顯示器(projection display )等各種液晶顯 示裝置中,近來也開始用在電視中。此外,液晶顯示元件 也可以用作光學打印頭(〇pticai printer head )、光學傅立葉 變換元件(optical Fourier transform device)、光閥(light valve )等光電子學(optoelectr〇nics )相關元件。200930760 VI. Description of the Invention: [Technical Field] The present invention relates to a liquid crystal alignment agent comprising polyamic acid or a derivative thereof and an epoxy compound, and a liquid crystal alignment formed by the liquid crystal alignment agent A film, and a liquid crystal display element including the liquid crystal alignment film. [Prior Art] ^ The liquid crystal display element is used in a monitor of a note personal computer or a desktop computer, and a view finder of a video camera. Various liquid crystal display devices such as a projection display have recently been used in televisions. Further, the liquid crystal display element can also be used as an optoelectr〇nics-related element such as an optical print head (oppticai printer head), an optical Fourier transform device, and a light valve.

液晶顯示元件通常具有:1)對向配置的一對基板;2) Ο 形成在所述一對基板各自所對向的面中的一面或者兩面上 的電極;3)形成在所述一對基板各自所對向的面上的液晶 配向膜;以及4)形成在所述一對基板之間的液晶層。M 在先前的液晶顯示元件中,使用向列型液晶的顯示元 件占主流’目前已經實際應用的有:υ扭轉9〇度的tn (Twisted Nematic ’扭轉向列)型液晶顯示元件、2)通 扭轉180度以上的STN (Super Twisted Nematic,超扭轉 向列)型液晶顯示元件、3)使用薄膜晶體管的所謂τρτ 4 200930760 (Thin Film Transistor,薄膜晶體管)型液晶顯示元件。但 這些液晶顯示元件存在以下缺點:可以正確辨識圖像的視 ^狹乍,從斜方向上觀看時會產生亮度或對比度降低以及 半色調下的冗度反轉(brightness inverse) 〇 近年來,此視角問題已經通過丨)使用光學補償膜的 TN-TFT型液晶顯示元件、2)採用垂直配向和光學補償膜 的垂直配向(Vertical Alignment,VA )型液晶顯示元件、3 ) 並用垂直配向和突起結構物技術的MVA (Multi Domain Vertical Alignment ’多區域垂直配向)型液晶顯示元件、 或者4)橫向電場方式的IPS (In-Plane Switching,面内切 換)型液晶顯示元件、5) ECB ( Electrically Controlled Birefringence,電控雙折射)型液晶顯示元件、6)光學補 償彎曲(Optically Compensated Bend 或者 〇pticaiiy self-CompensatedBirefringence : OCB)型液晶顯示元件等 技術而獲得了改良,經過改良的技術正實際應用,或者正 在進行研究。 〇 液晶顯示元件技術的發展不僅僅是只通過改良這些驅 動方式或元件結構’也可以通過改良液晶顯示元件所使用 的構成構件來達成。液晶顯示元件所使用的構成構件中, 特別是液晶配向膜是關係到液晶顯示元件的顯示品質的重 要因素之一’隨著液晶顯示元件品質的不斷提高,液晶配 向膜的作用也變得越來越重要。 液晶配向膜可以利用液晶配向劑來製備。目前主要使 用的液晶配向劑是將聚醯胺酸或者可溶性聚醯亞胺 5 200930760 (polyimide)溶解於有機溶劑中而成的溶液。將這種溶液 塗布在基板上之後,通過加熱等手段進行成膜,而形成聚 醯亞胺系配向膜。這種液晶配向劑例如已知有:作爲聚醯 胺酸或其衍生物的原料的四鲮酸二酐(tetracarb〇xylic dianhydride)及二胺(diamine)、和所表現的預傾角(pretnt angle)有所規定的液晶配向劑(例如,參照日本專利特開 2002-62537號公報)。目前對聚醯胺酸以外的各種液晶配 0 向劑也進行了研究,但是考慮到耐熱性、耐化學性(耐液 晶性)、塗布性、液晶配向性、電特性、光學特性、顯示特 性等方面,這些液晶配向劑幾乎未實際應用。 爲提高液晶顯示元件的顯示品質而要求液晶配向膜具 備的重要特性,可以列舉離子密度。如果離子密度高,則 在幀時間内施加在液晶上的電壓會降低,結果導致亮度下 降,而阻礙正常的灰階顯示。另外,即使初始離子密度低, 但是南溫加速試驗後離子密度(長期可靠性)增大等情況 也是一個問題。 ® 解決所述問題的嘗試已知有含有聚醯胺酸或其衍生物 和規定量的具有噁嗪(oxazine)結構的化合物的液晶配向 劑(例如,參照曰本專利特開2007-286597號公報),但是 隨者液晶顯示元件的技術的發展,業界對提供可解決所述 問題的液晶配向劑的要求越來越迫切。 【發明内容】 考慮到以上情況,業界期待開發出一種離子密度及長 期可靠性的問題獲得改善的液晶顯示元件用液晶配向劑, 200930760 使用此液晶配向劑所形成的液晶配向膜,以及具備此液晶 配向膜的液晶顯示元件。 本發明者們爲了解決所述課題而進行了潛心研究。 結果發現:含有聚醯胺酸或其衍生物和規定的環氧化 合物的液晶配向劑,可以使具備使用此液晶配向劑所製作 的液晶配向膜的液晶顯示元件具有良好的離子密度及長期 可靠性,從而完成了本發明。 Ο 本發明包括以下構成。 [1]一種液晶配向劑,其含有作爲二胺與四羧酸二酐的 反應産物的聚醯胺酸或其衍生物、以及平均官能基數大於 1的具有環氧基的環氧化合物, 其特徵在於:所述二胺是下述通式(1)所表示的二胺The liquid crystal display element generally has: 1) a pair of substrates disposed oppositely; 2) 电极 electrodes formed on one or both of the faces of the pair of substrates; 3) formed on the pair of substrates a liquid crystal alignment film on the surface facing each other; and 4) a liquid crystal layer formed between the pair of substrates. M In the previous liquid crystal display elements, display elements using nematic liquid crystals were in the mainstream'. At present, tn (Twisted Nematic 'twisted nematic) type liquid crystal display elements, which are twisted by 9 degrees, 2) A STN (Super Twisted Nematic) liquid crystal display device having a twist of 180 degrees or more, and a so-called τρτ 4 200930760 (Thin Film Transistor) liquid crystal display device using a thin film transistor. However, these liquid crystal display elements have the following drawbacks: the image can be accurately recognized, and the brightness or contrast is lowered when viewing from an oblique direction and the brightness inverse is halftone. In recent years, this The viewing angle problem has been passed through T) TN-TFT type liquid crystal display elements using optical compensation films, 2) Vertical Alignment (VA) type liquid crystal display elements using vertical alignment and optical compensation films, 3) and vertical alignment and protrusion structures MVA (Multi Domain Vertical Alignment) liquid crystal display device, or 4) IPS (In-Plane Switching) liquid crystal display device with lateral electric field method, 5) ECB ( Electrically Controlled Birefringence) , electronically controlled birefringence type liquid crystal display elements, 6) optically compensated bending (Optically Compensated Bend or 〇pticaiiy self-Compensated Birefringence: OCB) type liquid crystal display elements have been improved, and the improved technology is being practically applied, or research.发展 The development of liquid crystal display device technology is not only achieved by improving these driving methods or device structures, but also by improving the constituent members used in liquid crystal display elements. Among the constituent members used for the liquid crystal display element, in particular, the liquid crystal alignment film is one of important factors related to the display quality of the liquid crystal display element. 'As the quality of the liquid crystal display element continues to increase, the role of the liquid crystal alignment film becomes more and more The more important. The liquid crystal alignment film can be prepared by using a liquid crystal alignment agent. The liquid crystal alignment agent mainly used at present is a solution obtained by dissolving polyglycine or soluble polyimine 5 200930760 (polyimide) in an organic solvent. After this solution is applied onto a substrate, film formation is carried out by heating or the like to form a polyimide film. Such a liquid crystal alignment agent is known, for example, as a raw material of polyphthalic acid or a derivative thereof, tetracarb® xylic dianhydride and diamine, and a pretnt angle expressed. A liquid crystal alignment agent which is prescribed (for example, refer to Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2002-62537). At present, various liquid crystal matching agents other than polyglycolic acid have also been studied, but heat resistance, chemical resistance (liquid crystal resistance), coating properties, liquid crystal alignment properties, electrical properties, optical properties, display properties, and the like are considered. On the one hand, these liquid crystal alignment agents are hardly practical. In order to improve the display quality of the liquid crystal display element, an important characteristic of the liquid crystal alignment film is required, and an ion density can be cited. If the ion density is high, the voltage applied to the liquid crystal during the frame time is lowered, resulting in a decrease in luminance and hindering the normal gray scale display. In addition, even if the initial ion density is low, the ion density (long-term reliability) after the south temperature acceleration test is increased, and the like is also a problem. ® An attempt to solve the problem is known as a liquid crystal alignment agent containing a poly-proline or a derivative thereof and a predetermined amount of a compound having an oxazine structure (for example, refer to Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2007-286597 However, with the development of the technology of liquid crystal display elements, the industry is increasingly demanding to provide liquid crystal alignment agents that can solve the problems. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION In view of the above circumstances, the industry is expected to develop a liquid crystal alignment agent for liquid crystal display elements having improved ion density and long-term reliability, 200930760, and a liquid crystal alignment film formed using the liquid crystal alignment agent, and having the liquid crystal A liquid crystal display element of an alignment film. The present inventors conducted intensive studies in order to solve the above problems. As a result, it has been found that a liquid crystal display element containing a polyisamic acid or a derivative thereof and a predetermined epoxy compound can have a good ion density and long-term reliability of a liquid crystal display element having a liquid crystal alignment film produced using the liquid crystal alignment agent. Thus, the present invention has been completed. Ο The present invention includes the following constitution. [1] A liquid crystal alignment agent comprising, as a reaction product of a diamine and a tetracarboxylic dianhydride, a polyaminic acid or a derivative thereof, and an epoxy compound having an epoxy group having an average functional group number of more than 1, characterized by In the case where the diamine is a diamine represented by the following formula (1)

◎ (通式⑴中,X1及X2分別表示或_CH2_,γι表 示-Η、下述結構式(Η-1)、通式(Π-2)或者通式(ΙΙ-3), Ζ1表示可以具有曱基的碳數爲1〜12的亞烷基、下述通式 (ΙΙΙ-1)或通式(ΙΙΙ-2)所表示的4_取代_1,1_亞環己基, m、η及ρ分別表示〇或者1。 其中,m + n+p爲〇、1或者3, 當m + n + p爲〇時,Y1表示通式(仏丨)、通式(π_2) 或者通式(ΙΙ-3), 7 200930760 备m + n + p爲i時,m及n表示〇,且χ2表示七·, X2所鍵結的氨基苯基的氨基是鍵結在X2的間位, ^ ι當m + n + p爲3時,X1及X2分別表示_〇_或_CIV , Y表不-Η,且zl表示可以具有甲基的碳數爲1〜U的亞 烧基、或者赋(m])或通式(m_2)所絲的4_ -1,1-亞環己基。)◎ (In the general formula (1), X1 and X2 respectively represent or _CH2_, γι represents -Η, the following structural formula (Η-1), general formula (Π-2) or general formula (ΙΙ-3), Ζ1 indicates that An alkylene group having a fluorenyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 12, a 4-substituted-1, 1_cyclohexylene group represented by the following formula (ΙΙΙ-1) or the formula (ΙΙΙ-2), m, η And ρ denotes 〇 or 1. respectively, wherein m + n + p is 〇, 1 or 3, and when m + n + p is 〇, Y1 represents a general formula (仏丨), a general formula (π_2) or a general formula ( ΙΙ-3), 7 200930760 When m + n + p is i, m and n represent 〇, and χ2 represents ·, and the amino group of the aminophenyl group bonded by X2 is bonded to the meta position of X2, ^ ι When m + n + p is 3, X1 and X2 represent _〇_ or _CIV, respectively, Y represents not-Η, and zl represents a sub-alkyl group or a group having a carbon number of 1 to U. m]) or 4_-1,1-cyclohexylene of the formula (m_2).)

(1Μ) (Π-2) (通式(Π-2)以及通式(ΙΙ-3)中,γ2及γ3分別表 示碳數爲1〜30的燒基。)(1Μ) (Π-2) (In the formula (Π-2) and the formula (ΙΙ-3), γ2 and γ3 each represent a group having a carbon number of 1 to 30.)

(川-1) (ΙΙΙ-2) ❹ (通式(ΙΙΙ-1)以及通式(ΙΙΙ-2)中,γ4及γ5分別表 示碳數爲1〜30的烷基。) [2] 根據[1]所述的液晶配向劑,其特徵在於:所述通式 (I)所表示的二胺,是m + n + p爲3,X1及χ2分別表示 -0-或-CHr,Υ1表示-Η,且Ζ1表示所述通式(ΠΙ_ι )或通 式(ΙΙΙ-2)所表示的4-取代-1,1-亞環己基的二胺。 [3] 根據Ρ]所述的浪晶配向劑,其特徵在於:所述通式 (I)所表示的二胺是結構式A1以及結構式Α2所表 示的二胺中的一方或省兩方° 8 200930760(川-1) (ΙΙΙ-2) ❹ (In the formula (ΙΙΙ-1) and the formula (ΙΙΙ-2), γ4 and γ5 each represent an alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 30.) [2] According to [ 1] The liquid crystal alignment agent according to the above formula, wherein the diamine represented by the formula (I) is m + n + p is 3, and X1 and χ2 represent -0- or -CHr, respectively, and Υ1 represents - Η, and Ζ1 represents a 4-substituted-1,1-cyclohexylene diamine represented by the above formula (ΠΙ_ι) or the formula (ΙΙΙ-2). [3] The wave crystal alignment agent according to the above formula, wherein the diamine represented by the formula (I) is one or both of the diamines represented by the structural formula A1 and the structural formula Α2. ° 8 200930760

讀酸二軒爲下述結構式⑴及結構式(Μ)巾的-方或 者兩方。The acid stalk is a square or both of the following structural formula (1) and structural formula (Μ).

[5] 根據[1]所述的液晶配向劑,其特徵在於:所述通式 0 (1)所表示的二胺,是m + n+p爲3,X1及X2分別表示 -0-或-CHr· ’ Y1表示-H,且Z1表示可以具有甲基的碳數爲 1〜12的亞烷基的二胺。 [6] 根據[5]所述的液晶配向劑,其特徵在於:所述通式 (I)所表示的二胺,是X1及X2分別表示-CH2-,且Z1表 示可以具有甲基的碳數爲1〜10的亞烷基的二胺。 [7] 根據[6]所述的液晶配向劑’其特徵在於:所述通式 (I)所表示的二胺爲下述結構式B1所表示的二胺。 9 200930760 、[5] The liquid crystal alignment agent according to [1], wherein the diamine represented by the formula 0 (1) is m + n + p is 3, and X1 and X2 respectively represent -0- or -CHr· ' Y1 represents -H, and Z1 represents a diamine which may have an alkylene group having a methyl group of 1 to 12 carbon atoms. [6] The liquid crystal alignment agent according to [5], wherein the diamine represented by the formula (I) is such that X1 and X2 each represent -CH2-, and Z1 represents a carbon which may have a methyl group. A number of 1 to 10 alkylene diamines. [7] The liquid crystal alignment agent according to [6], wherein the diamine represented by the above formula (I) is a diamine represented by the following structural formula B1. 9 200930760,

[8]根據’[7]中任-項所述的液晶配向劑,其特歡 在於:所述二胺進一步包括下述結構式(νπι_ΐ3)所表系 的二胺,所述四羧酸二酐爲下述結構式(丨)及結構式(14) 中的一方或者兩方。[8] The liquid crystal alignment agent according to any one of [7], wherein the diamine further comprises a diamine represented by the following structural formula (νπι_ΐ3), the tetracarboxylic acid The anhydride is one or both of the following structural formula (丨) and structural formula (14).

(14) 通式 通式 [9]根據[1]所述的液晶配向劑,其特徵在於:戶斤述 (I)所表示的二胺,是m+n + p爲〇,且Y1表系 (11-1)、通式(II-2)或者通式(II-3)的二胺。 .(14) The liquid crystal alignment agent according to [1], wherein the diamine represented by (I) is m+n + p is 〇, and the Y1 expression is (11-1), a diamine of the formula (II-2) or the formula (II-3). .

[10] 根據[9]所述的液晶配向劑’其特徵在於:所述3 ❹ 式(I)所表示的二胺,是所述通式(Π-2)及通式(11 中的Y2及Y3分別表示碳數爲1〜20的烷基的二胺° .[10] The liquid crystal alignment agent according to [9] characterized in that the diamine represented by the formula (I) is the above formula (Π-2) and Y2 in the formula (11) And Y3 represent a diamine of an alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 20, respectively.

[11] 根據[9]或[10]所述的液晶配向劑,其特徵在2結 所述通式(I)所表示的二胺’是選自下述結構式C 構式C4所表示的二胺中的一種以上。 200930760[11] The liquid crystal alignment agent according to [9] or [10] characterized in that the diamine represented by the formula (I) is selected from the following structural formula C: More than one of diamines. 200930760

[12]根據[9]至[11]中任一項所述的液晶配向劑,其特 徵在於:所述二胺進一步包括下述結構式(VIII-1)以及 結構式(VIII-7)所表示的二胺中的一方或者兩方,所述 四羧酸二酐爲下述結構式(1)及結構式(14)中的一方或[12] The liquid crystal alignment agent according to any one of [9] to [11] wherein the diamine further comprises the following structural formula (VIII-1) and structural formula (VIII-7); One or both of the diamines represented by the following structural formula (1) and structural formula (14) or

者兩方。Both sides.

[13]根據[1]所述的液晶配向劑,其特徵在於:所述通 式(I)所表示的二胺,是m + n + p爲1,m及η爲0,且 11 200930760 X表不-Ο-’X所鍵結的氨基苯基的氨基鍵結在X2的間位 的二胺。 [14]根據[13]所述的液晶配向劑,其特徵在於:所述通 式(I)所表示的二胺爲下述結構式D1以及結構式D2所 表示的二胺中的一方或者兩方。[13] The liquid crystal alignment agent according to [1], wherein the diamine represented by the formula (I) is m + n + p is 1, m and η are 0, and 11 200930760 X The amino group of the aminophenyl group to which -Ο-'X is bonded is bonded to the diamine of the meta position of X2. [14] The liquid crystal alignment agent according to [13], wherein the diamine represented by the formula (I) is one or both of the following formula D1 and the diamine represented by the formula D2. square.

〇 m (D2) [15]根據[13]或[14]所述的液晶配向劑,其特徵在於: 所述四羧酸二酐爲下述結構式(1)及結構式(14)中的一 方或者兩方。The liquid crystal alignment agent according to [13] or [14], wherein the tetracarboxylic dianhydride is in the following structural formula (1) and structural formula (14) One or both parties.

Π6]根據[1]所述的液晶配向劑,其特徵在於:所述二 胺包括所述通式(I)中的m + n + p爲3,X1及X2分別表 不-0-或-CH2- ’ γΐ表示_H,且ζι表示可以具有曱基的碳數 爲1〜12的亞烷基的二胺,以及選自下述四種二胺中的一 種以上: (1)所述通式(I)中的m+n + p爲3,X1及$分 別表示-0-或<:Η2·,γ1表示_H,且2〗表示以所述通式(III-1) 或通式(III-2)所表示的4·取代-u•亞環己基的二胺; 12 200930760 (2)所述通式(I)中的m + n + p爲0,Y1表示所述 通式(11-1)、通式(ΙΙ-2)或者通式(ΙΙ-3)的二胺; (3 )所述通式(I)中的m + n + p爲l,m及η爲0, 且X2表示-0-,X2所鍵結的氨基苯基的氨基鍵結在X2的 間位的二胺; (4)所述通式(I)中的m + n + p爲0,Υ1表示通式 (II-4)的二胺。The liquid crystal alignment agent according to [1], wherein the diamine includes m + n + p in the general formula (I) of 3, and X1 and X2 respectively represent -0- or - CH2-'γΐ represents _H, and ζι denotes a diamine having an alkylene group having a fluorenyl group of 1 to 12, and one or more selected from the following four diamines: (1) m+n + p in the formula (I) is 3, X1 and $ respectively represent -0- or <:Η2·, γ1 represents _H, and 2 represents the general formula (III-1) or a diamine of a 4-substituted-u•cyclohexylene group represented by the formula (III-2); 12 200930760 (2) m + n + p in the formula (I) is 0, and Y1 represents the formula (11-1), a diamine of the formula (ΙΙ-2) or of the formula (ΙΙ-3); (3) m + n + p in the formula (I) is 1, m and η are 0 And X2 represents -0-, the amino group of the aminophenyl group to which X2 is bonded is bonded to the diamine of the meta position of X2; (4) m + n + p in the above formula (I) is 0, Υ1 A diamine of the formula (II-4) is represented.

(11-4) (通式(II-4)中,Y6表示碳數爲1〜30的烷基。) [17]根據[16]所述的液晶配向劑,其特徵在於:所述通 式(I)所表示的二胺包括下述結構式B1所表示的二胺、 以及選自下述四種二胺中的一種以上: (1) 下述結構式A1或者結構式A2所表示的二胺; (2) 下述結構式C1或者結構式C2所表示的二胺; (3) 下述結構式D1或者結構式D2所表示的二胺; (4) 下述結構式(XI-47)所表示的二胺。(11-4) In the formula (II-4), Y6 represents an alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 30. The liquid crystal alignment agent according to [16], wherein the formula The diamine represented by the above (I) includes a diamine represented by the following structural formula B1 and one or more selected from the group consisting of the following four kinds of diamines: (1) Two represented by the following structural formula A1 or structural formula A2 (2) a diamine represented by the following structural formula C1 or structural formula C2; (3) a diamine represented by the following structural formula D1 or structural formula D2; (4) the following structural formula (XI-47) The diamine represented.

nh2 (B1) h2n 13 200930760Nh2 (B1) h2n 13 200930760

[18] 根據[1]至[17]中任一項所述的液晶配向劑,其特 徵在於:含有兩種以上聚醯胺酸或其衍生物。 [19] 根據[17]所述的液晶配向劑’其特徵在於:含有作 爲所述通式(I)中的m + n + p爲3’X及X分別表示 或-CH2-,Y1表示-H,且Z1表示可以具有甲基的碳數爲1 〜12的亞烷基的二胺與四羧酸二酐的反應産物的聚醯胺 酸或其衍生物’以及下述三種聚醯胺酸或其衍生物中的一 200930760 方或者兩方: (1) 作爲所述通式U)中的m + n + p爲3,X1及 χ2分別表示或-CH2-,Y1表示-H,且Z1表示以所述通 式(III-1)或通式(ΙΠ-2)所表示的4-取代-1,1-亞環己基 的二胺與四綾酸二酐的反應産物的聚醯胺酸或其衍生物; (2) 作爲所述通式(I)中的m + n + p爲O ’Y1表示 通式(Π-1)、通式(Π-2)或者通式(ΙΙ-3)的二胺與四羧 酸二針的反應産物的聚醯胺酸或其衍生物; (3) 作爲所述通式(I)中的111 + 11 + 1)爲l,m及η 爲0 ’且X2表示_〇_,所鍵結的氨基苯基的氨基鍵結在X2 的間位的二胺與四羧酸二酐的反應産物的聚醯胺酸或其衍 生物。 [20] 根據[1]至[19]中任一項所述的液晶配向劑,其特 徵在於:所述環氧化合物是選自縮水甘油醚、縮水甘油醋、 縮水甘油胺、含環氧基的丙烯酸系樹脂、縮水甘油醯胺、 異氰脲酸縮水甘油酯、鏈狀脂肪族型環氧化合物以及環狀 脂肪族型環氧化合物所組成的族群中的一種以上。 [21] 根據[20]所述的液晶配向劑,其特徵在於:所述環 氧化合物是選自Ν,Ν,Ν',Ν’-四縮水甘油基間二甲苯二胺、 雙(Ν,Ν-二縮水甘油基氨基曱基)環己烷、ν,ν,ν,,ν,, 縮水甘油基-4,4’-二氨基二苯基曱烷、2_[4-(2,3-環氧丙氧基) 苯基]-2_[4-[1,1·雙[4_([2,3·環氧丙氧基]苯基)]乙基]苯基]丙 烷、3,4-環氧環己烯曱基·3,,4’-環氧環己烯基甲酸酯、沭苯 基馬來醯亞胺-曱基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯共聚物、雙酚Α酚 15 200930760 駿型環氧化合物、甲紛紛搭型環氧化合物以及N n 〇_三縮 水甘油基對氨基苯酚中的一種以上。 [22]—種液晶配向膜’其特徵在於:此液晶配向膜是 對根據[1]至[21]中任一項所述的液晶配向劑的膜進行假燒 而形成的。 P3]—種液晶顯示元件,其具備對向配置的一對基 板,形成在所述一對基板各自所對向的面中的一面或者兩 〇 面上的電極,形成在所述一對基板各自所對向的面上的液 晶配向膜,以及形成在所述一對基板之間的液晶層,其特 徵在於:所述液晶配向膜是根據[22]所述的液晶配向膜。 此外,本說明書中,在提到“炫基,,、“稀基,,、“块基” 時,這些基團可以爲線形,也可以爲分枝形。 、 [發明的效果] 本發明可以提供-種離子密度低、長期可靠性良好的 各種驅動方式的液晶顯示元件。 為讓本發明之上述特徵和優點能更明顯易懂,下文特 w 舉實施例,並配合所附圖式作詳細說明如下。 【實施方式】 本發明的液晶配向劑含有聚醯胺酸或其衍生物、和平 均官能基數大於1的具有環氧基的環氧化合物。聚酿胺酸 或其衍生物可以採用一種,也可以採用兩種以上。所述聚 酿胺酸或其衍生物的含量優選在液晶配向劑中占〇1重量 /〇:50重量% ’更優選j重量%〜3〇重量。。另外,所述 環氧化合物的含量相對於所述聚醯胺酸或其衍生物觸重 200930760 量份’優選0.1重量份〜100重量份,更優選0.5重量份〜 8〇重量份。 所述聚醯胺酸或其衍生物是二胺與四羧酸二酐的反應 産物。所述所謂聚醯胺酸衍生物是一種如下的成分:在製 成下述液晶配向劑時,此聚醯胺酸衍生物爲溶解在溶劑中 的形態’並且將此液晶配向劑製成下述液晶配向膜時,可 以形成以聚酿亞胺作爲主要成分的液晶配向膜。這種聚醯 胺酸衍生物例如可以列舉可溶性聚醯亞胺、聚醯胺酸酯以 及聚醯胺酸醯胺等,更具體而言,包括:丨)聚酿胺酸的全 部氨基和敌基進行脫水閉環反應而成的聚醯亞胺;2)聚醯 胺酸的部分氨基和羧基進行脫水閉環反應而成的部分聚醯 亞胺;3)聚醯胺酸的鲮基轉化成酯而成的聚醯胺酸酯;4) 將四叛酸二酐化合物中所含的二酐的一部分置換成有機二 羧酸並進行反應而成的聚醯胺酸-聚醯胺共聚物;進一步5) 使此聚酿胺酸_聚酿胺共聚物的一部分或者全部進行脫水 閉環反應而成的聚醯胺醯亞胺。 〇 所述聚醯胺酸或其衍生物中,所述四羧酸二酐與二胺 以莫界比計優選0.8 : 1.2〜1.2 : 〇·8,更優選〇 9 :丨1〜1 a : 0.9。 所述二胺可以採用-種,也可以採用兩種以上,並且 所述二胺包括下述通式(I)所表示的二胺。此通式⑴ 所表禾的二胺可以採用-種,也可以採用兩種以上。所述 二胺中,所述通式(I)所表示的二胺優選0·5莫耳%〜1〇〇 莫耳%,更優選1莫耳%〜ιοο莫耳%。 17 200930760[18] The liquid crystal alignment agent according to any one of [1] to [17] which is characterized in that it contains two or more kinds of polyaminic acid or a derivative thereof. [19] The liquid crystal alignment agent according to [17] characterized by containing m + n + p in the general formula (I) as 3'X and X respectively representing or -CH2-, Y1 represents - H, and Z1 represents a polylysine or a derivative thereof which can have a reaction product of a dialkyl group having a methyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms and a tetracarboxylic dianhydride, and the following three polylysines Or one of the derivatives of its derivatives: 200930760 or both: (1) as m + n + p in the above formula U) is 3, X1 and χ2 respectively represent -CH2-, Y1 represents -H, and Z1 a polylysine which represents a reaction product of a 4-substituted-1,1-cyclohexylene diamine represented by the above formula (III-1) or ((-2)) and a tetradecanoic acid dianhydride Or a derivative thereof; (2) m + n + p in the general formula (I) is O 'Y1 represents a general formula (Π-1), a general formula (Π-2) or a general formula (ΙΙ-3) a polyaminic acid or a derivative thereof, which is a reaction product of a diamine and a tetracarboxylic acid; (3) as 111 + 11 + 1) in the above formula (I): l, m and η are 0 'And X2 represents _〇_, the amino group of the bonded aminophenyl group is bonded to the meta-diamine of X2 and the reaction of tetracarboxylic dianhydride The polylysine of the product or its derivative. [20] The liquid crystal alignment agent according to any one of [1] to [19] wherein the epoxy compound is selected from the group consisting of glycidyl ether, glycidol vinegar, glycidylamine, and epoxy group-containing One or more of the group consisting of acrylic resin, glycidylamine, glycidyl isocyanurate, chain aliphatic epoxide, and cyclic aliphatic epoxide. [21] The liquid crystal alignment agent according to [20], wherein the epoxy compound is selected from the group consisting of ruthenium, osmium, iridium, Ν'-tetraglycidyl-m-xylenediamine, bis(Ν, Ν-diglycidylaminoindenyl)cyclohexane, ν,ν,ν,,ν,, glycidyl-4,4'-diaminodiphenyl decane, 2_[4-(2,3- Epoxypropoxy)phenyl]-2_[4-[1,1·bis[4_([2,3·epoxypropoxy]phenyl)]ethyl]phenyl]propane, 3,4- Epoxycyclohexene fluorenyl 3,4'-epoxycyclohexenylcarboxylate, fluorenylphenylmaleimide-glycidyl methacrylate copolymer, bisphenol indophenol 15 200930760 One or more of an epoxy compound, a fused epoxy compound, and N n 〇_triglycidyl p-aminophenol. [22] A liquid crystal alignment film which is formed by pseudo-firing a film of the liquid crystal alignment agent according to any one of [1] to [21]. P3] a liquid crystal display device comprising: a pair of substrates arranged in opposite directions; and electrodes formed on one or both of the surfaces facing each of the pair of substrates, formed on each of the pair of substrates The liquid crystal alignment film on the opposite surface, and the liquid crystal layer formed between the pair of substrates, wherein the liquid crystal alignment film is the liquid crystal alignment film according to [22]. Further, in the present specification, when referring to "descent base,", "dilute base," and "block base", these groups may be linear or branched. [Effect of the Invention] The present invention can provide a liquid crystal display element of various driving methods with low ion density and long-term reliability. The above described features and advantages of the present invention will become more apparent from the following description. [Embodiment] The liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention contains a polyamine or a derivative thereof, and an epoxy compound having an epoxy group having a number average functional group of more than 1. The polyamic acid or a derivative thereof may be used singly or in combination of two or more. The content of the polyamic acid or a derivative thereof is preferably from 1% by weight/〇: 50% by weight', more preferably from 7% by weight to 3% by weight, based on the liquid crystal alignment agent. . Further, the content of the epoxy compound is preferably 0.1 parts by weight to 100 parts by weight, more preferably 0.5 parts by weight to 8 parts by weight, based on the weight of the polyphthalic acid or its derivative. The polyaminic acid or a derivative thereof is a reaction product of a diamine and a tetracarboxylic dianhydride. The poly-proline derivative is a component in which the poly-proline derivative is in a form dissolved in a solvent when the liquid crystal alignment agent described below is formed, and the liquid crystal alignment agent is made into the following In the case of a liquid crystal alignment film, a liquid crystal alignment film containing, as a main component, polyacrylimide can be formed. Examples of such poly-proline derivatives include soluble polyimine, polyphthalamide, and polyamidamine, and more specifically, all of the amino and enradyl groups of the polyamine. Polyimine which is obtained by dehydration ring closure reaction; 2) partial polyimine which is obtained by dehydration ring closure reaction of a part of amino and carboxyl groups of polyproline; 3) conversion of thiol group of polyproline to ester Polyacetamide; 4) a poly-proline-polyamine copolymer obtained by replacing a part of a dianhydride contained in a tetra-retensive dianhydride compound with an organic dicarboxylic acid; further 5) A polyamidoquinone imine obtained by subjecting a part or all of the polyamic acid-polyamine copolymer to a dehydration ring-closure reaction. In the polyamic acid or a derivative thereof, the tetracarboxylic dianhydride and the diamine are preferably 0.8: 1.2 to 1.2 in terms of a molar ratio: 〇·8, more preferably 〇9: 丨1 to 1 a : 0.9. The diamine may be used in combination of two or more kinds, and the diamine includes a diamine represented by the following formula (I). The diamine of the formula (1) may be used in combination of two or more kinds. In the diamine, the diamine represented by the formula (I) is preferably 0. 5 mol% to 1 mol%, more preferably 1 mol% to ιοο mol%. 17 200930760

所述通式(i)中,x1及x2分別表示-〇-或-ch2-,γ1 表示-Η、下述結構式(11-1)、通式(ΙΙ-2)或者通式(ΙΙ-3), Ζ1表示可以具有曱基的碳數爲1〜12的亞烷基、下述通式 (ΙΙΙ-1)或通式(ΙΙΙ-2)所表示的4-取代-1,1-亞環己基, m、η及ρ分別表示0或者1。In the general formula (i), x1 and x2 each represent -〇- or -ch2-, and γ1 represents -Η, the following structural formula (11-1), general formula (ΙΙ-2) or general formula (ΙΙ- 3), Ζ1 represents an alkylene group having a fluorenyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 12, a 4-substituted-1,1-Asia represented by the following formula (ΙΙΙ-1) or a formula (ΙΙΙ-2) The cyclohexyl group, m, η and ρ represent 0 or 1, respectively.

但是,所述通式(I)中,m + n + p爲0、1或者3, 當m + n + p爲0時,Y1表示通式(11-1)、通式(Π-2)或 者通式(11_3 );當m + n + p爲1時,m及η表示0,且X2 0 表示-Ο-,X2所鍵結的氨基苯基的氨基是鍵結在X2的間 位;當m + n + p爲3時,X1及X2分別表示-0-或-CH2-, Y1表示-Η,且Z1表示可以具有甲基的碳數爲1〜12的亞 烷基、或者通式(ΙΙΙ-1)或通式(ΙΠ_2)所表示的4-取代 -U-亞環己基。 所述通式(I)所表示的二胺,例如是m + n + p爲3, X1及X2分別表示-Ο-或-CH2-,Y1表示-H,且Z1表示所述 通式(III-1)或通式(III-2)所表示的4-取代-1,1-亞環己 200930760 基的A型二胺。A型二胺主要可以應用於TN型液晶顯示 元件。 所述Α型二胺例如可以列舉下述結構式Α1以及Α2 所表示的二胺。However, in the general formula (I), m + n + p is 0, 1 or 3, and when m + n + p is 0, Y1 represents a general formula (11-1) and a general formula (Π-2). Or the general formula (11_3); when m + n + p is 1, m and η represent 0, and X2 0 represents -Ο-, and the amino group of the aminophenyl group to which X2 is bonded is bonded to the meta position of X2; When m + n + p is 3, X1 and X2 represent -0- or -CH2-, respectively, Y1 represents -Η, and Z1 represents an alkylene group having a methyl group of 1 to 12, or a general formula (ΙΙΙ-1) or 4-substituted-U-cyclohexylene represented by the formula (ΙΠ_2). The diamine represented by the above formula (I) is, for example, m + n + p is 3, X1 and X2 represent -Ο- or -CH2-, Y1 represents -H, and Z1 represents the formula (III). -1) or a 4-substituted-1,1-cyclohexylene 200930760-based A-type diamine represented by the formula (III-2). The type A diamine can be mainly applied to a TN type liquid crystal display element. Examples of the quinone diamine include diamines represented by the following structural formulae Α1 and Α2.

另外,所述通式(I)所表示的二胺,例如是m + n + p 爲3,X1及X2分別表示-Ο-或-CH2-,Y1表示_H,且Z1表 示可以具有曱基的碳數爲1〜12的亞烷基的B型二胺。B 型二胺主要可以應用於IPS、VA型液晶顯示元件。 所述B型二胺優選X1及X2分別表示-CH2-,且Z1表 示可以具有曱基的碳數爲1〜10的亞烷基的二胺,這種B Ο 型二胺例如可以列舉下述結構式B1所表示的二胺。Further, the diamine represented by the above formula (I) is, for example, m + n + p is 3, X1 and X2 represent -Ο- or -CH2-, respectively, Y1 represents _H, and Z1 represents a fluorenyl group. The alkylene type B diamine having a carbon number of 1 to 12 is used. The type B diamine can be mainly applied to IPS and VA type liquid crystal display elements. Preferably, the B-type diamines X1 and X2 represent -CH2-, respectively, and Z1 represents a diamine having an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may have a mercapto group. Examples of such B-type diamines include the following The diamine represented by the structural formula B1.

(B1)(B1)

另外,所述通式(I)所表示的二胺,例如是m + n + p 爲0,且Y1表示所述通式(II-1)、通式(II-2)或者通式 (Π-3)的二胺的C型二胺〇 C型二胺主要可以應用於VA 200930760 型液晶顯示元件。 所述C型二胺優選所述通式(II-2)及通式(II-3)中 的Y2及Y3分別表示碳數爲1〜20的烷基的二胺。這種C 型二胺例如可以列舉下述結構式C1〜結構式C4所表示的 二胺。Further, the diamine represented by the above formula (I) is, for example, m + n + p is 0, and Y1 represents the above formula (II-1), formula (II-2) or formula (Π) The -3) diamine C-type diamine 〇C-type diamine can be mainly applied to the VA 200930760 type liquid crystal display element. The C-type diamine is preferably a diamine of the formula (II-2) and the formula (II-3) wherein Y2 and Y3 each represent an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. Examples of such a C-type diamine include diamines represented by the following structural formula C1 to structural formula C4.

另外,所述通式(I)所表示的二胺,例如是m + n + p 爲1,m及η爲0,且X2表示-Ο-,X2所鍵結的氨基苯基 的氨基鍵結在X2的間位的D型二胺。D型二胺主要可以 應用於IPS型液晶顯示元件。所述D型二胺例如可以列舉 下述結構式D1以及結構式D2所表示的二胺。Further, the diamine represented by the above formula (I) is, for example, m + n + p is 1, m and η are 0, and X2 represents -Ο-, the amino bond of the aminophenyl group to which X2 is bonded D-diamine in the meta position of X2. The D-type diamine can be mainly applied to an IPS type liquid crystal display element. Examples of the D-type diamine include a diamine represented by the following structural formula D1 and structural formula D2.

20 c 200930760 所述二胺可以進-步包括所述通 以外的其他二胺。這種其他二:)所表示的二胺 (IV)〜通式(X)所表示的直鏈丄二胺以::下述通式 以採用一種,也可以採用兩種以上。胺A鏈型二胺可20 c 200930760 The diamine may further comprise other diamines other than the pass. The linear diamine diamine represented by the diamine (IV) to the general formula (X) represented by the other two:) may be one of the following formulas, or two or more of them may be used. Amine A chain diamine

HaN-A1—NH2HaN-A1—NH2

m (V) (VI) (VII) mi) (IX) (X) 通式(IV)中,A1表示-(CH2)m-。此處,m表示1〜 ❹ 12的整數。另外,通式(VI)以及通式(VIII)中,A1獨 立地表不早鍵、-0、-S-、-S-S-、-S〇2_、-CO-、-CONH-、 -NHCO-、_C(CH3)2-、_C(CF3)2-、-(CH2)m-、-0-(CH2)m-0-、 -N(CH3HCH2)m-N(CH3)-、-S-(CH2)m-S-。此處,m 表示 1 〜12的整數。 另外,通式(IX )中,A2獨立地表示-S-、-CO-、 -C(CH3)2-、-C(CF3)2-或者碳數爲1〜3的亞烷基。 另外,通式(X)中,A1獨立地表示-S-、-S-S-、-S〇2-、 21 200930760 : -CO-、-CONH-、-NHCO-、-C(CF3)2·、-0-(CH2)m-0-、 -S-(CH2)m-S-。此處,m表示1〜12的整數。另外,通式(X) 中,A2 表示單鍵、-Ο-、-S-、-CO-、、-C(CH3)2-、-C(CF3)2-或者碳數爲1〜3的亞烷基。 另外,通式(V)〜(X)中的環己環或者苯環上所鍵 結的氫,可以獨立地被-F、-Cl、-CH3、-OH、-COOH、-S03H、 -Ρ03Η2或者4-羥基苄基取代。 通式(IV)所表示的直鏈型二胺例如可以列舉結構式 © (IV-1)〜結構式(IV-3)所表示的二胺。 H2N〜nh2 H2N〜^nh2 H2Na^^^nh2 (!V-1) {丨 V-2) (IV-3) 通式(V)所表示的直鏈型二胺例如可以列舉結構式 (V-1)以及結構式(V-2)所表示的二胺。m (V) (VI) (VII) mi) (IX) (X) In the formula (IV), A1 represents -(CH2)m-. Here, m represents an integer of 1 to ❹12. Further, in the general formula (VI) and the general formula (VIII), A1 independently represents an early bond, -0, -S-, -SS-, -S〇2_, -CO-, -CONH-, -NHCO-, _C(CH3)2-, _C(CF3)2-, -(CH2)m-, -0-(CH2)m-0-, -N(CH3HCH2)mN(CH3)-, -S-(CH2)mS -. Here, m represents an integer of 1 to 12. Further, in the formula (IX), A2 independently represents -S-, -CO-, -C(CH3)2-, -C(CF3)2- or an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. Further, in the general formula (X), A1 independently represents -S-, -SS-, -S〇2-, 21 200930760: -CO-, -CONH-, -NHCO-, -C(CF3)2·, -0-(CH2)m-0-, -S-(CH2)mS-. Here, m represents an integer of 1 to 12. Further, in the general formula (X), A2 represents a single bond, -Ο-, -S-, -CO-, -C(CH3)2-, -C(CF3)2- or a carbon number of 1 to 3 Alkylene. Further, the hydrogen bonded to the cyclohexane ring or the benzene ring in the general formulae (V) to (X) may be independently -F, -Cl, -CH3, -OH, -COOH, -S03H, -Ρ03Η2 Or 4-hydroxybenzyl substitution. The linear diamine represented by the formula (IV) is, for example, a diamine represented by the structural formula (IV-1) to the structural formula (IV-3). H2N~nh2 H2N~^nh2 H2Na^^^nh2 (!V-1) {丨V-2) (IV-3) The linear diamine represented by the formula (V) is exemplified by a structural formula (V- 1) and a diamine represented by the structural formula (V-2).

(V-1)(V-1)

HgN (V-2) 通式(VI)所表示的直鏈型二胺例如可以列舉結構式 (VI-1)〜結構式(VI-3)所表示的二胺。HgN (V-2) The linear diamine represented by the formula (VI) may, for example, be a diamine represented by the structural formula (VI-1) to the structural formula (VI-3).

nh2 h2n (VI-1)Nh2 h2n (VI-1)

NHa H2N (VI-2)NHa H2N (VI-2)

(VI-3) 通式(VII)所表示的直鏈型二胺例如可以列舉結構式 22 200930760 (VII-l)〜結構式(VII-14)所表示的二胺。 〇 H2N分叫 (VIM)(VI-3) The linear diamine represented by the formula (VII) may, for example, be a diamine represented by the structural formula 22 200930760 (VII-1) to the structural formula (VII-14). 〇 H2N called (VIM)

(VII-2) OHHzNJ^XNH2(VII-2) OHHzNJ^XNH2

(VI1-6) so3H(VI1-6) so3H

v NH2 (VII-10)v NH2 (VII-10)

(VII-14) NHz(VII-14) NHz

COOHCOOH

HOHO

(VM-8) P〇3H2(VM-8) P〇3H2

H2『v nh2 (VII-12) 通式(VIII)所表示的直鏈型二胺例如可以列舉結構 式(VIII-1)〜結構式(VIII-31)所表示的二胺。 〇H2 "v nh2 (VII-12) The linear diamine represented by the formula (VIII) may, for example, be a diamine represented by the structural formula (VIII-1) to the structural formula (VIII-31). 〇

νη2 η2ν-\ Η2Ν (vm-2)Ηη2 η2ν-\ Η2Ν (vm-2)

(Vll^3) (VIIH)(Vll^3) (VIIH)

η2νΆ // \\ Η2Ν-^ ^ ΝΗ2 Η2Ν—^~ΝΗ2 (VIII-4) (VIIi-5) (VIII-6) 23 200930760η2νΆ // \\ Η2Ν-^ ^ ΝΗ2 Η2Ν—^~ΝΗ2 (VIII-4) (VIIi-5) (VIII-6) 23 200930760

H2N-^ ^-NHz HzN-^ />-NH2 HsN-i HNH2 (VUi-7) (VIII-8) (VIIi-9>H2N-^ ^-NHz HzN-^ />-NH2 HsN-i HNH2 (VUi-7) (VIII-8) (VIIi-9>

❹ H2N、,〜0NQj-NHa H2NH0KOW〆、/”1Η2 (V»l-14) (VIIH5) (Vllt-16) (Vllt-17) h2n❹ H2N,,~0NQj-NHa H2NH0KOW〆, /"1Η2 (V»l-14) (VIIH5) (Vllt-16) (Vllt-17) h2n

nh2 h2n~^^s'v^3>—nh2 hzn'~^3^sss'^ nhz (VIII-18) (Vili-19)Nh2 h2n~^^s'v^3>-nh2 hzn'~^3^sss'^ nhz (VIII-18) (Vili-19)

HzNHzN

,s -nh2 nh2,s -nh2 nh2

(VIII-20) 〇(VIII-20) 〇

H2NH2N

VA (VIII-21) SsVA (VIII-21) Ss

HzN~^y^ ΛHzN~^y^ Λ

NH2 (VIII-22) (Vltl-23)NH2 (VIII-22) (Vltl-23)

24 20093076024 200930760

OH OHOH OH

NH2NH2

通式(ix)所表示的直鏈型二胺例如可以列舉結構式 (IX-1)〜結構式(IX-6)所表示的二胺。The linear diamine represented by the formula (ix) may, for example, be a diamine represented by the structural formula (IX-1) to the structural formula (IX-6).

(IX-1)(IX-1)

(IX-2)(IX-2)

通式(X)所表示的直鏈型二胺例如可以列舉結構式 〇 (X-1)〜結構式(X-6)所表示的二胺。The linear diamine represented by the formula (X) may, for example, be a diamine represented by the structural formula (X-1) to the structural formula (X-6).

(X-1)(X-1)

NHa (X-2)NHa (X-2)

HZNHZN

(Χ-4)(Χ-4)

(X-6) 25 c 200930760 這些直鍵型一胺中’更優選的直鍵型二胺可以列舉结 構式(VII-1)〜結構式(VII-5)、結構式(vm-1)〜i 構式(νΠΙ-13)、結構式(VIII-24)、結構式(νηι·25)、 結構式(VIII-29)、結構式(VIII-31 )、結構式αχ·!)、 結構式(1X4)、結構式(ιχ_6)以及結構式(χ_ι)所表 示的二胺,進一步優選的直鏈型二胺可以列舉結構式 (VII-1)、結構式(VII_2)、結構式〜結構式 (VIII-13)、結構式(VIII_29)以及結構式(vm_3i)所 β 表示的二胺。 就製成液晶顯示元件時可以獲得合適的配向性的觀點 而5,在ΤΝ以及IPS型液晶顯示元件中,所述二胺中的 所述直鏈型二胺的莫耳比優選1%〜90%,更優選5%〜 80%。(X-6) 25 c 200930760 The more preferred direct bond type diamines of these direct bond type monoamines include structural formula (VII-1) to structural formula (VII-5) and structural formula (vm-1)~ i configuration (νΠΙ-13), structural formula (VIII-24), structural formula (νηι·25), structural formula (VIII-29), structural formula (VIII-31), structural formula αχ·!), structural formula (1X4), a structural formula (ιχ_6), and a diamine represented by the structural formula (χ_ι), and further preferred linear diamines include structural formula (VII-1), structural formula (VII_2), structural formula to structural formula. (VIII-13), a structural formula (VIII_29), and a diamine represented by β in the structural formula (vm_3i). From the viewpoint of obtaining an appropriate alignment property when a liquid crystal display element is produced, 5, in the ruthenium and IPS type liquid crystal display device, the molar ratio of the linear diamine in the diamine is preferably 1% to 90. %, more preferably 5% to 80%.

在VA型液晶顯示元件、〇CB型液晶顯示元件、STN 型液晶顯示元件等需要大的預傾角的用途中,所述二胺優 選包括具有侧鏈結構的二胺,所以所述通式⑴所表示的 © 外的二胺可以使用這種具有儀結構的二胺。這種 具有侧鏈結構的二胺例如可以列舉下述通式(XI)〜通式 (XV)所表示的侧鏈型二胺。侧鏈型二胺可以採用一種, 也可以採用兩種以上。In applications in which a large pretilt angle is required, such as a VA liquid crystal display device, a 〇CB liquid crystal display device, or an STN liquid crystal display device, the diamine preferably includes a diamine having a side chain structure, so the general formula (1) The diamine represented by the above may be used. Examples of the diamine having a side chain structure include a side chain type diamine represented by the following formula (XI) to formula (XV). The side chain type diamine may be used singly or in combination of two or more.

26 200930760 通式(XI)中,A3 表示單鍵、-ο-、-coo-、-OCO-、 -CO-、-CONH-、或者-(CH2)m-。此處,χη表示1〜6的整 數。R表示具有甾體(ster〇id)骨架的基團,以下述通式 (XVI)所表示的基團或者礙數爲1〜30的炫基。此炫基 中的任思'-CH2-可以獨立地被置換爲-CF2·、-CHF-、-Ο-、 -CH=CH-或者,-CH3可以獨立地被置換爲-CH2F、 -CHF2或者_cf3。其中,此烷基中的_〇_不相鄰。26 200930760 In the general formula (XI), A3 represents a single bond, -ο-, -coo-, -OCO-, -CO-, -CONH-, or -(CH2)m-. Here, χη represents an integer of 1 to 6. R represents a group having a ster〇id skeleton, a group represented by the following formula (XVI) or a leuco group having a hindrance of 1 to 30. In this syllabary, Rensi '-CH2- can be independently replaced with -CF2·, -CHF-, -Ο-, -CH=CH- or -CH3 can be independently replaced with -CH2F, -CHF2 or _cf3. Wherein, _〇_ in the alkyl group is not adjacent.

通式(XVI)中’ A4與A5分別獨立地表示單鍵、-〇_、 -COO_、-0C0_、_c〇NH_、_CH=CH_或者碳數爲卜加的 亞^基。R8與R9分別獨立地表示-F或-CH3。環s表示1,4-亞苯基、1>4·亞環己基、二噁烷-2,5-二基、嘧啶_2,5-二 基、吼唆 1:2,5-,基、萘_1,5-二基、萘_2,7_二基或者葱_9,1〇_ Ο 二,。R表示-F、碳數爲1〜30的烷基、碳數爲丨〜邓 的I代燒基、碳數爲^30的燒氧基'_cn、_〇cH2F、 -OCHF2或者_OCF3。另外,a與b分別獨立地表示卜4的 圃當&或b爲2〜4時’相鄰的A4或相鄰的A5爲不同 =:、d與e分別獨立地表示。〜3的整數,當e爲2 或者3時,多個環8可以是相同的基團,也 基團分別獨立地表示〇〜2的整數,而且 其中’當通式㈤中的m爲丨時’排 - 中的c、d及e分別爲!的情況,或者排除a4及別爲) 27 200930760 單鍵或者碳數爲2的亞院基的情況。In the general formula (XVI), 'A4 and A5 each independently represent a single bond, -〇_, -COO_, -0C0_, _c〇NH_, _CH=CH_ or a subunit having a carbon number of Bu. R8 and R9 independently represent -F or -CH3, respectively. Ring s represents 1,4-phenylene, 1>4-cyclohexylene, dioxane-2,5-diyl, pyrimidine_2,5-diyl, fluorene 1:2,5-, yl, Naphthalene_1,5-diyl, naphthalene_2,7-diyl or onion _9,1〇_ Ο II. R represents -F, an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, a halogenated group having a carbon number of 丨~Deng, and an alkoxy group '_cn, _〇cH2F, -OCHF2 or _OCF3 having a carbon number of 30. Further, a and b respectively indicate that the jingle & or b is 2 to 4, respectively, and the adjacent A4 or the adjacent A5 are different =:, d and e are independently represented. An integer of 〜3, when e is 2 or 3, a plurality of rings 8 may be the same group, and the groups independently represent an integer of 〇~2, and wherein 'w when m in the formula (5) is 丨'C-, c, d and e are respectively! The situation, or exclude a4 and other) 27 200930760 Single-key or the case of a sub-base with a carbon number of 2.

(XH)(XH)

(XIH) 通式(XII)中,形成甾體骨架的碳上所鍵結的氫可以 獨立地被-CH3取代。通式(XII)以及通式(XIII)中,R11 分別獨立地表示-H或者_CH3,R12表示-H或者碳數爲1〜 20的烷基或烯基。A6分別獨立地表示單鍵、-C(=0)-或者 -CH2-。通式(XIII)中,R13及R14分別獨立地表示-H、碳 數爲1〜20的烷基或者苯基。 28 200930760(XIH) In the formula (XII), the hydrogen bonded to the carbon forming the steroid skeleton may be independently substituted by -CH3. In the formula (XII) and the formula (XIII), R11 each independently represents -H or -CH3, and R12 represents -H or an alkyl group or alkenyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. A6 independently represents a single bond, -C(=0)- or -CH2-. In the formula (XIII), R13 and R14 each independently represent -H, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or a phenyl group. 28 200930760

美。!(XIV)中,Rl5表示_H或者碳數爲1〜30的产 :被置1^中。碳數爲2〜30的烷基的任意媽-可以獨: 办不相t H=CH喊者_郎。但是,此垸基中的 不,。通式(XIV)以及通式(χν)中,a7獨立地 1、或者碳數爲1〜6的亞烧基。通式(XIV)中,A8 ❹ ^單鍵或者碳數爲1〜3的亞絲。環T表示1,4-亞苯基 ^ 一 ^,4亞5衣己基。h表示〇或者1。通式(χν)中,尺16 二^數爲6〜22的絲,Rl7表示_H或者碳數爲1〜22 。但是,通式(XIV)中,當h爲Q時Rl5爲七, 田時’排除A8爲單鍵的情況’或者Ri5爲〇 的粆f述通式(XI)所表示的侧鏈型二胺中,鍵結在苯環 個,的兩個氨基的鍵結位置關係優選間位或者對位。兩 晋的鍵結位置關係更優選如下:當ΙΑ,,的鍵結位 和5位位時,所述兩個氨基鍵結在3位和5位,或者2位 29 200930760 所述通式(χι)所表示的二胺例如可以列舉下述通式 (XI-1)〜通式(XI-9)所表示的二胺。nice. In (XIV), Rl5 indicates _H or a product with a carbon number of 1 to 30: it is set to 1^. Any mother with an alkyl group with a carbon number of 2 to 30 - can be independent: do not compare t H = CH shouter _ Lang. However, this is not the case. In the formula (XIV) and the formula (??), a7 is independently 1 or a calcined group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. In the formula (XIV), A8 ❹ ^ single bond or a filament having a carbon number of 1 to 3. Ring T represents 1,4-phenylene^,4,4,5-hexyl. h means 〇 or 1. In the formula (χν), the ruler 16 has a number of 6 to 22 filaments, and Rl7 represents _H or a carbon number of 1 to 22. However, in the general formula (XIV), when r is Q, Rl5 is seven, when the field 'excludes A8 is a single bond' or R5 is 〇, the side chain type diamine represented by the general formula (XI) In the bonding, the bonding position relationship of the two amino groups bonded to the benzene ring is preferably meta or para. The bonding positional relationship of the two Jins is more preferably as follows: when ΙΑ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, The diamine represented by the following formula (XI-1) to the formula (XI-9) may, for example, be a diamine represented by the following formula (XI-1).

所述通式(XI-1)、通式(XI-2)、通式(XI-5)以及 通式(XI-6)中,R18優選碳數爲1〜30的烷基或者碳數爲 1〜30.的烷氧基,更優選碳數爲3〜30的烷基或者碳數爲3 〜30的烷氧基,更優選碳數爲5〜25的烷基或者碳數爲5 〜25的烷氧基。另外,所述通式(XI-3)、通式(XI-4) 以及通式(XI-7)〜通式(XI-9)中,R19優選碳數爲1〜 30的烷基或者碳數爲1〜30的烷氧基,更優選碳數爲3〜 25的烷基或者碳數爲3〜25的烷氧基。 另外,所述通式(XI)所表示的侧鏈型二胺例如可以 200930760 列舉下述通式(XI-10)〜通式(XI-15)所表示的二胺。In the above formula (XI-1), formula (XI-2), formula (XI-5) and formula (XI-6), R18 preferably has an alkyl group having a carbon number of from 1 to 30 or a carbon number of The alkoxy group of 1 to 30. is more preferably an alkyl group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 5 to 25 carbon atoms or a carbon number of 5 to 25 Alkoxy group. Further, in the above formula (XI-3), formula (XI-4) and formula (XI-7) to formula (XI-9), R19 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms or carbon. The alkoxy group having a number of 1 to 30 is more preferably an alkyl group having 3 to 25 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 3 to 25 carbon atoms. Further, the side chain type diamine represented by the above formula (XI) may, for example, be a diamine represented by the following formula (XI-10) to formula (XI-15) in 200930760.

R25 o=cf b xS (XI-12)R25 o=cf b xS (XI-12)

(Xi-13)(Xi-13)

(XI-14) (XM5) 所述通式(XI-10)〜通式(XI-13)中,R20優選碳數 爲4〜30的烷基,更優選碳數爲6〜25的烷基。所述通式 (XI-14)以及通式(XI-15)中,R21優選碳數爲6〜30的 烷基,更優選碳數爲8〜25的烷基。 另外,所述通式(XI)所表示的侧鏈型二胺例如可以 列舉下述通式(XI-16)〜通式(XI-36)所表示的二胺。(XI-14) (XM5) In the above formula (XI-10) to formula (XI-13), R20 is preferably an alkyl group having 4 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 6 to 25 carbon atoms. . In the above formula (XI-14) and formula (XI-15), R21 is preferably an alkyl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 8 to 25 carbon atoms. Further, the side chain type diamine represented by the above formula (XI) may, for example, be a diamine represented by the following formula (XI-16) to formula (XI-36).

31 20093076031 200930760

(Xl-35) — (ΧΙ-36) 所述通式(ΧΙ-16)、通式(ΧΙ-17)、通式(χι_2〇)、 通式(ΧΙ-22)、通式(ΧΙ-23)、通式(ΧΙ-26)、通式(xi-28)、 32 200930760 通式(ΧΙ·29)、通式(XI-34)以及通式(XI-35)中,R22 優選碳數爲1〜30的烷基、碳數爲1〜30的烷氧基,更優 選碳數爲3〜25的烷基或者碳數爲3〜25的烷氧基。所述 通式(XI-18)、通式(XI-19)、通式(XI-21)、通式(XI-24)、 通式(XI-25)、通式(XI-27)、通式(XI-30)〜通式(XI-33) 以及通式(XI-36)中,R23優選-H、-F、碳數爲1〜30的 烷基、碳數爲1〜30的烷氧基、-CN、-OCH2F、-OCHF2 或者-OCF3,更優選碳數爲3〜25的烷基或者碳數爲3〜25 的烷氧基。所述通式(XI-31)以及通式(XI-32)中,A9 表示碳數爲1〜20的亞烷基。 另外,所述通式(XI)所表示的側鏈型二胺例如可以 列舉下述結構式(XI-37)〜通式(XI-46)所表示的二胺。(Xl-35) — (ΧΙ-36) The formula (ΧΙ-16), the formula (ΧΙ-17), the formula (χι_2〇), the formula (ΧΙ-22), the formula (ΧΙ-23) , general formula (ΧΙ-26), general formula (xi-28), 32 200930760, general formula (ΧΙ·29), general formula (XI-34), and general formula (XI-35), R22 preferably has a carbon number of The alkyl group of 1 to 30 and the alkoxy group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms are more preferably an alkyl group having 3 to 25 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 3 to 25 carbon atoms. The general formula (XI-18), the general formula (XI-19), the general formula (XI-21), the general formula (XI-24), the general formula (XI-25), the general formula (XI-27), In the general formula (XI-30) to the general formula (XI-33) and the general formula (XI-36), R23 is preferably -H, -F, an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and a carbon number of 1 to 30. The alkoxy group, -CN, -OCH2F, -OCHF2 or -OCF3, more preferably an alkyl group having 3 to 25 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 3 to 25 carbon atoms. In the above formula (XI-31) and formula (XI-32), A9 represents an alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. Further, the side chain type diamine represented by the above formula (XI) may, for example, be a diamine represented by the following structural formula (XI-37) to (XI-46).

33 20093076033 200930760

〜通戶Γίϋ(ΧΙ)所表示的側鏈型二胺優選通式(χι_ι) )所表示的二胺,更優選通式(ΧΙ-2)或者 通式(ΧΙ.4)所表示的二胺。 3 甲的個鍵結在甾核(steroid nucleus)的 1位,另一個鍵結在留核的6位。另外,分別鍵砝名忐徊 苯基上的_氨紐魏縣a6射乂‘在兩個 所述通式(XII)所表示的侧鏈型二胺 述結構式(XII-1)〜結構式(XII_4)所表矛如的可列舉下 34 200930760The diamine represented by the formula (χι_ι) of the side chain type diamine represented by the general formula (Γ) is more preferably a diamine represented by the formula (ΧΙ-2) or the formula (ΧΙ.4). . 3 A bond is in the 1st position of the steroid nucleus, and the other bond is in the 6th position of the nucleus. In addition, each of the _-Nanweiwei County a6 乂 乂 on the phenyl group is represented by two side chain type diamines represented by the above formula (XII) (XII-1) to the structural formula. (XII_4) The spears can be listed as 34 200930760

所述通式(XIII)所表示的側鏈型二胺,優選兩個 “NH2-(R14-)Ph-A6-0-”分別鍵結在苯基的碳上,並且這兩個 “NH2-(R14-)Ph-A6-0-”鍵結在苯基上的鍵結有甾核的碳的 〇 間位或者對位。另外,分別鍵結在兩個苯基上的兩個氨基, 優選鍵結在A6的間位或者對位。 所述通式(XIII)所表示的側鏈型二胺例如可以列舉 下述結構式(XIII-1)〜結構式(XIII-8)所表示的二胺。 35 200930760The side chain type diamine represented by the formula (XIII), preferably two "NH2-(R14-)Ph-A6-0-", respectively, are bonded to the carbon of the phenyl group, and the two "NH2- (R14-)Ph-A6-0-" is bonded to the phenyl group on the phenyl group with the inter- or meta-position of the carbon of the deuteron. In addition, two amino groups bonded to the two phenyl groups, respectively, are preferably bonded to the meta or para position of A6. The side chain type diamine represented by the above formula (XIII) may, for example, be a diamine represented by the following structural formula (XIII-1) to structural formula (XIII-8). 35 200930760

所述通式(XIV)所表示的側鏈型二胺,優選分別鍵 結在兩個苯基上的兩個氨基鍵結在A7的間位或者對位。 所述通式(XIV)所表示的側鏈型二胺例如可以列舉 36 200930760 下述通式(XIV_1)〜通式(XIV-9)所表示的二胺。The side chain type diamine represented by the above formula (XIV) preferably has two amino groups bonded to each of the two phenyl groups bonded to the meta or para position of A7. The side chain type diamine represented by the above formula (XIV) may, for example, be a diamine represented by the following formula (XIV_1) to (XIV-9).

Ru ^Ru ^

37 200930760 所述通式(XIV-1)以及通式(XIV-2)中,R24爲-H, 所述通式(XIV-4)以及通式(XIV-5)中,R25爲屯。另 外,所述通式(XIV-3)中,R24優選-Η或者碳數爲 的烷基,所述通式(XIV-6)〜通式(XIV-9)中,R25優 選-H或者碳數爲1〜20的烧基。 所述通式(XV)所表示的侧鏈型二胺,優選分別鍵、妹 在兩個苯基上的兩個氨基鍵結在A7的間位或者對位 口 ❹ 下 所述通式(XV)所表示的侧鏈型二胺可。 述通式(χν·ι)〜通式(χν_3)所表示 列舉 J * 胺037 200930760 In the above formula (XIV-1) and formula (XIV-2), R24 is -H, and in the formula (XIV-4) and formula (XIV-5), R25 is ruthenium. Further, in the above formula (XIV-3), R24 is preferably -Η or an alkyl group having a carbon number, and in the formula (XIV-6) to formula (XIV-9), R25 is preferably -H or carbon. The number is 1 to 20. The side chain type diamine represented by the above formula (XV) preferably has two amino groups bonded to each other on the two phenyl groups, respectively, at the meta position of the A7 or the para position of the above formula (XV). The side chain type diamine represented by the above may be used. The formula (χν·ι) ~ general formula (χν_3) is represented by J * amine 0

(XV»3) 所述通式中,R26優選碳數爲6〜2〇 Ή或者碳數爲1〜10的烧基。 的烷基,R27優選 就製成液晶顯示元件時可以獲彳β人 而言’在ΤΝ以及VA型液晶顯示的預傾角的觀點 的所述側鏈型二胺的莫耳比優選1%〜’在所述二胺中 80%。 ° °/° ’更優選5%〜 示的二胺以外 具有芴結構的 或者具有所述 所述二胺可以更包括所述通式(ι) 的其他二胺,例如具有萘結構的萘系二 苟系二胺、具有石夕氧燒鍵的石夕氧燒系'二艰、 38 200930760 通式(XI)〜通式(XV)所表示的侧鏈結構以外的側鍵处 構的二胺,果所述其他二胺具有侧鏈結構,則可: 所述胺的B成分;如果所述其他二料具有嫩 可以用作所述胺的A成分。 例如,所述;ε夕氧烧系二胺例如可以列舉下述 (XVII)所表示的二胺。 %(XV»3) In the above formula, R26 is preferably a burnt group having a carbon number of 6 to 2 Å or a carbon number of 1 to 10. The alkyl group, R27 is preferably obtained in the case of a liquid crystal display element, and the molar ratio of the side chain type diamine in the viewpoint of the pretilt angle of ΤΝ and VA type liquid crystal display is preferably 1% to ' 80% in the diamine. ° ° / ° ' more preferably 5% ~ other than the illustrated diamine having a fluorene structure or having the diamine may further comprise the other diamine of the formula (I), such as naphthalene based on a naphthalene structure A lanthanide diamine, a diarrhea oxygenated system having a diarrhea bond, a diarrhea, 38 200930760, a diamine having a side bond structure other than the side chain structure represented by the formula (XI) to the formula (XV), If the other diamine has a side chain structure, then: the B component of the amine; if the other two materials are tender, it can be used as the A component of the amine. For example, the above-mentioned diamine represented by the following (XVII) can be mentioned. %

Q ΗζΝ—(-Α10-Q ΗζΝ—(-Α10-

R29 Jj ^29 R28 Si-^-Α10-^τ-ΝΗ3 (XVII) 所述通式(XVII)中,R28及R29獨立表示碳數爲 3的烧基或者本基’ AIG獨立表示亞甲基、亞苯基或者烧美 取代亞苯基。i表示1〜6的整數’ j表示1〜1〇的整數。 所述通式(XVII)所表示的二胺例如可以列舉下述結 構式(XVII-1)〜結構式(XVII-7)所表示的二胺。R29 Jj ^29 R28 Si-^-Α10-^τ-ΝΗ3 (XVII) In the above formula (XVII), R28 and R29 independently represent an alkyl group having a carbon number of 3 or the group 'AIG independently represents a methylene group, A phenylene group or a pyrene substituted phenylene group. i represents an integer of 1 to 6 and represents an integer of 1 to 1 。. The diamine represented by the above formula (XVII) may, for example, be a diamine represented by the following structural formula (XVII-1) to structural formula (XVII-7).

ch3 ch3 ii-CHg-SI-O-Si—ch2-nh2 CH« CHa (XVU-1) CH3 CH3 HaN-c^-a-o-si—c3h6-nh2 CH3 CH3 (XVII-3) ch3 ch3 H2N-C2H4-〒- CH, ch3 PCVII-2) CH3 CH3 HiN-C^e^Si-O-s-c^-NHa CH3 ch3 (XVIM) C^HS H2N**C3He-Si-〇-S{—CgHg—NHg Q2H5 (m\s) CH3 CH3 CH3 H2N~C^H6-Si-〇~SrC>-S»--C3He--NH2 CH3 CH3 CH3 (XVli-S) 39 200930760 c3h7 C3HtCh3 ch3 ii-CHg-SI-O-Si-ch2-nh2 CH« CHa (XVU-1) CH3 CH3 HaN-c^-ao-si-c3h6-nh2 CH3 CH3 (XVII-3) ch3 ch3 H2N-C2H4- 〒- CH, ch3 PCVII-2) CH3 CH3 HiN-C^e^Si-Osc^-NHa CH3 ch3 (XVIM) C^HS H2N**C3He-Si-〇-S{—CgHg-NHg Q2H5 (m\ s) CH3 CH3 CH3 H2N~C^H6-Si-〇~SrC>-S»--C3He--NH2 CH3 CH3 CH3 (XVli-S) 39 200930760 c3h7 C3Ht

HgN—QjHg - Si -0"S 康一 NH2 C3H7 C3H7 _f-7) 此外,所述其他二胺並沒有特別限定,例如可以列舉 下述通式(Γ)〜通式(8’)所表示的二胺。HgN-QjHg - Si -0" S-Kan-NH2 C3H7 C3H7_f-7) The other diamine is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include those represented by the following formula (Γ) to (8'). Diamine.

所述通式中,R3G獨立地表示碳數爲3〜30的烷基,所 述通式(4’)、通式(6’)及通式(8’)中,R31表示碳數爲 3〜30的烷基。 此外,所述其他二胺並不限定爲所述的二胺,在本發 明的目的可以獲得實現的範圍内,當然可以使用所述其他 二胺以外的各種形態的二胺。 200930760 所述二胺的一部分也可以置換爲單胺。如果將二胺的 一部分置換爲單胺,則可以終止生成聚醯胺酸或其衍生物 的聚合反應,而抑制進一步的反應,由此可以容易 賴=酿胺胺:或其衍生物的分子量,就這個觀點 1 比率”要在絲本發_效果的範_ : 部胺的莫耳%以下。 摇準爲占全 ❹ 所述四羧酸二酐只 定。所述四贿二野可叶缝二肝,H有特別限 基於使本發明的聚醯胺酸種’也可以採用兩種以上。 中的形態的觀點,優選是適者:生物形成爲可溶解於溶劑 述四羝酸一軒例如可以列舉田—選擇所述四幾酸二酐。所 四叛酸二inx及騎族 =麵四細二軒、脂肪族 所述芳香埃四羧酸二酸〜酐。 〜(⑴所表示的化合=例如可以列舉下述結構式⑴In the above formula, R3G independently represents an alkyl group having a carbon number of 3 to 30, and in the formula (4'), the formula (6') and the formula (8'), R31 represents a carbon number of 3 ~30 alkyl. Further, the other diamine is not limited to the above-described diamine, and it is of course possible to use various forms of diamines other than the other diamines within the range in which the object of the present invention can be attained. 200930760 A portion of the diamine may also be substituted with a monoamine. If a part of the diamine is substituted with a monoamine, the polymerization reaction to form the polyamic acid or its derivative can be terminated, and the further reaction can be inhibited, whereby the molecular weight of the amine amine or its derivative can be easily determined. In this view, the ratio "1" should be in the form of the silk _ effect _: the molar content of the amine is less than or equal to the molar content of the amine. The tetracarboxylic dianhydride is only fixed. The second liver, H is particularly limited to the use of the polyglycine species of the present invention. It is also possible to use two or more types. In terms of the form, it is preferably an appropriate one: the organism is formed to be soluble in a solvent, and the tetradecanoic acid can be used. List the field - select the tetraacid dianhydride. The four rebel acid inx and the rider = face four fine two Xuan, the aliphatic said aromatic tetracarboxylic acid diacid ~ anhydride. ~ ((1) represented by the compound = For example, the following structural formula (1) can be cited

41 20093076041 200930760

ο ο (12) (1 3) ❹ 所述芳香族四羧酸二酐,優選下述結構式(1)、結構 式(2)、結構式(5)、結構式(6)以及結構式(7)所表 示的化合物,更優選結構式(1)所表示的均苯四曱酸二酐。 所述脂肪族四羧酸二酐以及所述脂環族四羧酸二酐, 〇 例如可以列舉下述結構式(14)〜結構S (62)所表示的 化合物。 42 200930760ο ο (12) (1 3) ❹ The aromatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride is preferably the following structural formula (1), structural formula (2), structural formula (5), structural formula (6), and structural formula ( 7) The compound represented by the formula (1) is more preferably a pyromellitic dianhydride represented by the formula (1). The aliphatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride and the alicyclic tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 〇, for example, a compound represented by the following structural formula (14) to structure S (62). 42 200930760

(18) (19) (2 0)(18) (19) (2 0)

43 20093076043 200930760

44 20093076044 200930760

所述脂肪族四羧酸二酐以及所述脂環族四羧酸二酐, 優選所述結構式(14)〜結構式(29)、以及結構式(6〇) 所表示的化合物,更優選結構式(14)所表示的ι,2,3,4_ 環丁烷四甲酸二酐。 另外,就使本發明的聚醯胺酸或其衍生物成爲可溶解 Q 於溶劑的聚醢亞胺的觀點而言,所述脂肪族四羧酸二酐以 及所述脂環族四羧酸二酐優逡所述結構式(19)、結構式 (20)、結構式(27)〜結構式(29)以及結構式(60)所 表示的化合物。 並且,所述四羧酸二酐也讦以有具有侧鏈結構的四 幾酸二肝。 具有侧鏈結構的四—增大液晶顯示 元件的預傾角。具有側鏈結構的四,酸〜軒例如可以列舉 下述結構式(63)以及結構式(64所表不的具有甾骨架 45 200930760 的化合物。The aliphatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride and the alicyclic tetracarboxylic dianhydride are preferably compounds represented by the structural formula (14) to the structural formula (29) and the structural formula (6〇), more preferably Io, 2, 3, 4-cyclobutane tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the formula (14). Further, in view of making the polyaminic acid of the present invention or a derivative thereof into a polyimine which can dissolve Q in a solvent, the aliphatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride and the alicyclic tetracarboxylic acid The anhydride is preferably a compound represented by the structural formula (19), the structural formula (20), the structural formula (27) to the structural formula (29), and the structural formula (60). Further, the tetracarboxylic dianhydride is also a tetrabasic acid dihepatic having a side chain structure. Four having a side chain structure - increasing the pretilt angle of the liquid crystal display element. The acid having a side chain structure, for example, may be exemplified by the following structural formula (63) and a compound having the fluorene skeleton 45 200930760 represented by the structural formula (64).

〇 就使液晶赫元件具有良好的 :述:,二刪含有所述芳香族四賊::;肪 族四魏二_及蹄族四親二时的-方或者兩方。〇 Make the liquid crystal components have good: The two delete the aromatic four thief::; the four-week two _ and the four-parent two-parent-square or two.

所述讀酸二針還包括除此以外的各種形態的四賊 二酐,而並不限定於所賴四驗二軒。所述啸酸二肝 可以在本發明的目的能够實現的範圍内,使用其他各種形 態的四羧酸二酐。 所述四羧酸二酐的一部分可以置換爲羧酸肝。如果將 四叛酸二酐的一部分置換爲缓酸酐,則可以終止生成所述 聚酿胺酸或其衍生物的聚合反應,而抑制進一步的反應, 由此可以容易地控制所獲得的聚醯胺酸或其衍生物的分子 量,就這個觀點而言,優選將四羧酸二酐的一部分置換爲 羧酸酐。所述羧酸酐相對於四羧酸二酐的比率只要在無損 46 200930760 . 本發明的效果的範圍内即可,標準爲所述四羧酸二酐的10 莫耳%以下。 關於前文所說明的所述二胺和所述四羧酸二酐的紕 合,更具體而言,就離子密度降低、配向性提高的觀點而 言,優選所述二胺包含所述A型二胺和所述ν、σ構式 (VIII-3 )、結構式(VIII-7 )、結構式()所表示的 二胺中的一種以上,並且所述四羧酸二酐包含所述結構式 ( 1)及結構式(14)中的一方或者兩方。 另外,就離子密度降低、配向性提高、以及防止燒黏 的觀點而言,優選所述二胺包含所述B型二胺和所述結構 式(VIII-13)所表示的二胺,並且所述四羧酸二酐包含所 述結構式(1)及結構式(14)中的一方或者兩方。 另外,就離子密度降低、配向性提高的觀點而言,優 選所述二胺包含所述C型二胺和所述結構式(VIII-1)、結 構式(VIII-7)所表示的二胺中的一方或者兩方,並且所 述四羧酸二酐包含所述結構式(1)及結構式(14)中的一 Ο 方或者兩方。 另外,就離子密度下降、配向性提高、以及防止燒黏 的觀點而言,優選所述二胺包含所述結構式D1及結構式 D2所表示的所述D型二胺中的一方或者兩方,並且所述 四羧酸二酐包含所述結構式(1)及結構式(14)中的一方 或者兩方。 所述聚醯胺酸或其衍生物的重量平均分子量並沒有特 別限定,在將其用作液晶配向劑的成分時,就在對液晶配 47 200930760 向膜進行煆燒的步驟中,所述聚醯胺酸或其衍生物不會蒸 ' 了以獲付作爲液晶配向劑的成分的良好物理性質 的觀•點而言’所述重量平均分子量優選大於等於5xl〇3, 更優選大於等於lxl〇4。而且,就使具有黏性等的液晶配 向齊丨的操作變得容易的觀點而言,所述重量平均分子量優 選小於等於lxl〇6。 、所述聚醯胺酸或其衍生物的重量平均分子量可以通過 凝膠參透色譜分析(Gel Permeation Chromatography,GPC ) 法來測定。例如,用二甲基甲醯胺(Dimethylformamide, DMF)稀釋所獲得的聚醯胺酸或其衍生物,使聚醯胺酸或 其衍生物的濃度達到約1重量%,使用ChromatopacC-R7A 、(島津製作所製造),以DMF作爲展開溶劑,通過凝膠滲 透色譜分析(GPC)法進行測定,並進行聚苯乙烯換算, 由此了以求出所述聚醯胺酸或其衍生物的重量平均分子 量。並且’就提高Gpc測定的精度的觀點而言,也可以將 磷酸、鹽酸、硝酸、硫酸等無機酸或者溴化鋰、氯化鋰等 〇 無顧轉於DMF賴巾,製職制賴而騎使用。 可以採用衆所周知的方法來製造所述聚醯胺酸或其衍 生物。例如,可以將所述二胺投入具備原料投入口、氮氣 導入口、溫度計、攪拌機及冷凝器的反應容器中,並且根 據需要投入所需量的單胺。 然後’投入溶劑(例如醯胺系極性溶劑N_甲基_2_吡咯 烷酮或者二甲基曱醯胺等)以及所述四羧酸二酐,並且根 據需要添加所需量的羧酸酐。此時,優選四羧酸二酐的投 48 200930760 入總量與二胺的總莫耳數大致相等(莫耳比爲左 右)。 於攪拌下、於〇°C〜7〇t:下使之反應1小時〜48小時, 由此可以較好地獲得聚醯胺酸溶液。另外,也可以通過加 熱來提高反應溫度上升(例如5〇°c〜8〇。〇,而獲得分子 量小的聚醯胺酸。用大量不良溶劑來使所生成的聚醯胺酸 沉澱,通過過濾等將固體成分和溶劑完全分離開來,由此 可以獲得聚醯胺酸。 作爲聚醯胺酸衍生物的可溶性聚醯亞胺,通常可以通 過如下方式獲得:使聚醯胺酸溶液,與作爲脫水劑的乙酸 針、丙酸軒、二氟乙酸酐等酸酐,以及作爲脫水閉環催化 劑的三乙基胺、吡啶、三甲基吡啶(collidine)等叔胺一 起在20°c〜150°c的溫度下進行醯亞胺化反應。 另外,所述可溶性聚醯亞胺也可以通過如下方式獲 得:使用大量的不良溶劑(甲醇、乙醇、異丙醇等醇系溶 劑或者二醇系溶劑)’使聚醯胺酸從聚醯胺酸溶液中析出, © 並在曱苯、二甲苯等溶劑中,使所析出的聚醯胺酸,與和 所述相同的脫水劑及脫水閉環催化劑一起在2〇t:〜 的溫度下進行醯亞胺化反應。 在所述醯亞胺化反應中,脫水劑與脫水閉環催化劑的 比例優選0.1〜10 (莫耳比)。脫水劑與脫水閉環催化劑這 兩者的合計使用量,優選相對於所使用的四鲮酸二酐中所 含的酸二酐的莫耳總量爲1.5倍莫耳〜10倍莫耳了通過調 整此化學醯亞胺化的脫水劑、催化劑量、反應溫度以及^ 49 200930760 應時間,可以控讎亞胺錄度,而獲得部分聚酿亞胺。 雜麻另外,如果將所述四羧酸二酐的—部分置換爲有機二 ,則可以獲得聚醯胺酸_聚醯胺共聚物。其中,有二 目對於_酸二酐的比率只要在無損本發明的效果^ 範圍内即可,標準爲所述四羧酸二酐的ίο莫耳%以下。 並且,可以通過將聚醯胺酸-聚醯胺共聚物化學醯亞 化來獲得聚醯胺醯亞胺。The acid reading two needles also include various forms of four thief dianhydrides, and are not limited to the four remedies. The dilute acid liver may use other various forms of tetracarboxylic dianhydride within the scope that can be achieved by the object of the present invention. A part of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride may be replaced with a carboxylic acid liver. If a part of the tetra-retensive dianhydride is replaced with a slow anhydride, the polymerization reaction for producing the poly-aracine or its derivative can be terminated, and further reaction can be suppressed, whereby the obtained polyamine can be easily controlled. From the viewpoint of the molecular weight of the acid or its derivative, it is preferred to replace a part of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride with a carboxylic anhydride. The ratio of the carboxylic anhydride to the tetracarboxylic dianhydride may be within the range of the effect of the present invention, and the standard is 10 mol% or less of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride. With respect to the combination of the diamine and the tetracarboxylic dianhydride described above, more specifically, from the viewpoint of a decrease in ion density and an improvement in the alignment property, it is preferred that the diamine contains the A-type II. And an amine and one or more of the diamine represented by the ν, σ configuration (VIII-3), the structural formula (VIII-7), and the structural formula (), and the tetracarboxylic dianhydride comprises the structural formula (1) One or both of the structural formulas (14). Further, in view of reduction in ion density, improvement in orientation, and prevention of sticking, it is preferred that the diamine comprises the B-type diamine and the diamine represented by the structural formula (VIII-13), and The tetracarboxylic dianhydride includes one or both of the structural formula (1) and the structural formula (14). Further, from the viewpoint of a decrease in ion density and an improvement in the alignment property, the diamine preferably contains the C-type diamine and the diamine represented by the structural formula (VIII-1) and the structural formula (VIII-7). One or both of the tetracarboxylic dianhydrides include one or both of the structural formula (1) and structural formula (14). Moreover, it is preferable that the diamine includes one or both of the D-type diamines represented by the structural formula D1 and the structural formula D2 from the viewpoint of a decrease in ion density, an improved alignment, and prevention of sticking. And the tetracarboxylic dianhydride includes one or both of the structural formula (1) and the structural formula (14). The weight average molecular weight of the polyaminic acid or a derivative thereof is not particularly limited, and when it is used as a component of a liquid crystal alignment agent, in the step of calcining the film with a liquid crystal compound 47 200930760, the polymerization is carried out. The proline or its derivative does not evaporate. The weight average molecular weight is preferably 5xl〇3 or more, more preferably 1xl〇, in terms of obtaining good physical properties of the component as a liquid crystal alignment agent. 4. Further, from the viewpoint of facilitating the operation of aligning the liquid crystals having viscosity or the like, the weight average molecular weight is preferably equal to or less than lxl〇6. The weight average molecular weight of the polyamic acid or a derivative thereof can be measured by a gel permeation chromatography (GPC) method. For example, the obtained polyaminic acid or a derivative thereof is diluted with dimethylformamide (DMF) to a concentration of polyglycine or a derivative thereof of about 1% by weight, using Chromatopac C-R7A, The product was measured by a gel permeation chromatography (GPC) method using DMF as a developing solvent, and converted to polystyrene to determine the weight average of the polyaminic acid or its derivative. Molecular weight. Further, from the viewpoint of improving the accuracy of the Gpc measurement, it is also possible to use a mineral acid such as phosphoric acid, hydrochloric acid, nitric acid or sulfuric acid, lithium bromide or lithium chloride, etc., in the DMF towel. The polylysine or its derivative can be produced by a well-known method. For example, the diamine may be introduced into a reaction vessel having a raw material inlet, a nitrogen inlet, a thermometer, a stirrer, and a condenser, and a required amount of monoamine may be charged as needed. Then, a solvent (e.g., a guanamine-based polar solvent N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone or dimethylguanamine) and the tetracarboxylic dianhydride are added, and a desired amount of a carboxylic anhydride is added as needed. At this time, it is preferred that the total amount of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride is substantially equal to the total number of moles of the diamine (the molar ratio is about). The reaction can be carried out for 1 hour to 48 hours under stirring at 〇 ° C to 7 〇 t: whereby a polyaminic acid solution can be preferably obtained. Further, it is also possible to increase the reaction temperature by heating (for example, 5 〇 ° c to 8 〇 〇 to obtain a polyglycine having a small molecular weight. The resulting polylysine is precipitated with a large amount of a poor solvent, and filtered. The solid component and the solvent are completely separated, whereby polylysine can be obtained. As the polyamidamine derivative, a soluble polyimine can be usually obtained by: a polylysine solution, and An acid anhydride needle such as acetic acid needle, propionic acid or difluoroacetic anhydride, and a tertiary amine such as triethylamine, pyridine or collidine as a dehydration ring-closing catalyst together at 20 ° C to 150 ° C The hydrazine imidization reaction is carried out at a temperature. Further, the soluble polyimine may be obtained by using a large amount of a poor solvent (an alcohol solvent such as methanol, ethanol or isopropyl alcohol or a glycol solvent). The polyaminic acid is precipitated from the polyaminic acid solution, and the precipitated polylysine is combined with the same dehydrating agent and dehydration ring-closing catalyst in a solvent such as toluene or xylene. t The hydrazine imidization reaction is carried out at a temperature of 〜. In the hydrazine imidization reaction, the ratio of the dehydrating agent to the dehydration ring-closure catalyst is preferably 0.1 to 10 (mole ratio). Both the dehydrating agent and the dehydration ring-closing catalyst are used. The total amount used is preferably 1.5 times by mole to 10 times the molar amount of the acid dianhydride contained in the tetraphthalic acid dianhydride used by adjusting the chemical hydrazide dehydrating agent, The amount of the catalyst, the reaction temperature, and the time of the reaction, the amount of the imine can be controlled to obtain a part of the polyimine. In addition, if the part of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride is replaced by the organic two, then A poly-proline-polyamine copolymer can be obtained. Among them, the ratio of dimethane to _acid dianhydride can be within the range of the effect of the present invention, and the standard is the carboxylic acid of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride. Less than or equal to the ear. Further, polyamidoquinone imine can be obtained by chemically hydrazating a poly-proline-polyamine copolymer.

可以通過紅外光譜法(Infrared Spectroscopy,IR )、磁 核共振法(nuclear magnetic resonance,NMR)進行分析, 由此鑒·定所述聚醯胺酸或其衍生物。另外,可以用K〇H 或NaOH等强鹼的水溶液使固態的聚醯胺酸或其衍生物分 解’然後用有機溶劑萃取聚醯胺酸,並通過Gc、高效液 相色譜法(High Performance Liquid Chromatography, HPLC)、氣相色譜·質譜法(Gas Chromatography-Mass sPectr〇metry ’ GC-MS)進行分析,由此鑒定所使用的單 可以用溶劑稀釋所獲得的聚醯胺酸或其衍生物,將其 調整成所需的黏度後再使用。 另外,可以將所獲得的聚醯胺酸或其衍生物與溶劑分 離’然後和下述環氧化合物一起再次溶解在下述溶劑中, 製成液晶配向劑而使用;或者,也可以不與溶劑分離,而 添加環氧化合物,製成液晶配向劑而使用。 關於所述聚醯胺酸或其衍生物,可以通過使用所述侧 鏈型二胺等具有側鏈結構的二胺或者四羧酸二酐,來適當 200930760 地調整液晶歸元件的麵肖,喊料㈣胺酸或其 生物可以適用於任意種類的液晶顯示元件。作爲預傾角, VA型液晶顯示元件大多需要8〇。〜9〇。左右的大的預傾 角,OCB型液晶顯示元件大多需要7。〜2〇。左右 角’ TN型液晶顯示元件或STN型液晶顯示元件大多需 3°〜10°左右的預傾角,lps型液晶顯示元件大多需要〇。〜 3°左右的小的預傾角。 〜The polylysine or a derivative thereof can be determined by analysis by infrared spectroscopy (IR) or nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR). Alternatively, the solid polyamic acid or its derivative can be decomposed with an aqueous solution of a strong base such as K〇H or NaOH. Then the polylysine is extracted with an organic solvent and passed through Gc, high performance liquid chromatography (High Performance Liquid). Chromatography, HPLC), gas chromatography-mass spectrometry (Gas Chromatography-Mass sPectr〇metry 'GC-MS) analysis, thereby identifying the polyamine or its derivative obtained by diluting with a solvent. Adjust it to the desired viscosity before using it. Further, the obtained polyaminic acid or a derivative thereof may be separated from the solvent and then re-dissolved in the following solvent together with the epoxy compound described below to prepare a liquid crystal alignment agent; or may be separated from the solvent. An epoxy compound is added to prepare a liquid crystal alignment agent. With respect to the poly-proline or a derivative thereof, it is possible to adjust the surface of the liquid crystal component by appropriately using the diamine or tetracarboxylic dianhydride having a side chain structure such as the side chain type diamine, and shouting The material (IV) aminic acid or its organism can be applied to any type of liquid crystal display element. As the pretilt angle, most of the VA liquid crystal display elements require 8 turns. ~9〇. For large pre-tilt angles on the left and right, OCB type liquid crystal display elements mostly require 7. ~2〇. The left and right corners of the TN type liquid crystal display element or the STN type liquid crystal display element often require a pretilt angle of about 3 to 10 degrees, and most of the lps type liquid crystal display elements require germanium. A small pretilt angle of ~ 3°. ~

Q 像所述預傾角這樣的由聚酿胺酸或其衍生物的 表現出來的特性,可以通過使用具有這種特性的單體 聚酿胺酸或其衍生物而獲得。由單體所表現出來的特性, = 具有這種特性的單體而獲得的-種聚醯胺 ^或其何生物來獲得,另外,也可以由使用多種具 ,性的單體而獲得的兩種以上的雜胺酸或其触物來獲 言 就使本發明的液晶配向劑具有優異的特性的觀 ,優選使液晶配向劑中含有單體的一部分或者全部不 的兩種以上的雜胺酸或其触物。至於兩種以上二二 胺酸或其衍生物的混合比,只要爲可以獲魏晶配向劑 用途所對應的所需特性的程度即可。 、 更具體而言,通過適當選擇所述二胺或四魏 種類以及所述二胺與四紐二_組合,可的 =3=要求S加良好的離子密度或更加合= 的預領角等所需特性,而且可以提高這些特性。 所述兩種以上的聚酿_或其衍生&的組合例如可以 200930760 列舉:⑴包含所述B型二胺的聚酿胺酸或其衍生物,血 包含所述A型二胺的聚醯胺酸或其衍生物、包含所述c型 二胺的聚醯胺酸或其衍生物、或者包含所述d型二胺 酿胺酸或其衍生物的组合;⑺包含所述 胺酸或其触物、包含所述A型二胺的聚醢驗或直^ 物' 以及包含所述C型二胺的聚醢胺酸或其衍生物的組 合,以及,⑶包含所述B型二胺的聚_酸或其衍生物, 與包含所述D型二_雜贿或其衍生物,與包含所述 A型二胺㈣_酸或其衍生物、或者包含所述c型二胺 的聚醯胺酸或其衍生物的組合。 所述環氧化合物是具有兩個以上環氧基的化合物等平 均官能基數大於1的㈣環氧基的化合物。環氧化合物可 以採用-種’也可以採用兩種以上。在液晶配向劑中,環 氧化合物的種類及含量,是採用可以形成環氧化合物與所 述聚醯胺酸或其衍生物的溶液的種類及含量。另外,環氧 樹脂是指具有環氧基的樹脂。 所述環氧化合物例如可以列舉:縮水甘油醚、縮水甘 油酯、縮水甘油胺、含環氧基的丙烯酸系樹脂、縮水甘油 醯胺、異氰脲酸縮水甘油酯、鏈狀脂肪族型環氧化合物以 及環狀脂肪族型環氧化合物。 所述縮水甘油醚例如可以列舉:雙酚A型環氧化合 物、雙酚F型環氧化合物、雙酚s型環氧化合物、雙酚型 環氧化合物、氫化雙酚A型環氧化合物、氫化雙酚F型環 氧化合物、氫化雙酚S型環氧化合物、氫化雙酚型環氧化 52 200930760 ^物:漠化㈣Α型環氧化合物、糾伽 物、苯_型環氧化合物、甲酚_型環氧化2 ; 化苯紛祕型縣化合物、糾甲__環物 環氧化合物、含萘骨架的環氧化:物::香 族夕縮水甘祕化合物、二環戊二稀_苯_環氧化合物、 脂環族二縮水甘⑽化合物、脂肪族多縮水甘油謎化合 物、多硫化物⑽ySulflde)型二縮水甘 雙紛型環氧化合物。Q The properties exhibited by polyacrylic acid or a derivative thereof such as the pretilt angle can be obtained by using a monomeric polyamic acid or a derivative thereof having such a property. The properties exhibited by the monomer, = the polyamine obtained by the monomer having such characteristics, or any organism thereof, and may also be obtained by using a plurality of monomers. In view of the fact that the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention has excellent characteristics, it is preferred that the liquid crystal alignment agent contains two or more kinds of heteroamino acids which are partially or wholly of the monomer. Or its touch. The mixing ratio of two or more kinds of diamino acids or derivatives thereof may be such a degree as to obtain the desired characteristics corresponding to the use of the Weijing alignment agent. More specifically, by appropriately selecting the diamine or tetrawei species and the combination of the diamine and the tetranucleus, the =3=requires S to add a good ion density or a more uniform = pre-collar angle, etc. The required features, and can improve these features. The combination of the two or more kinds of polystyrenes or their derivatives &s can be exemplified by, for example, 200930760: (1) poly-tyranamic acid containing the B-type diamine or a derivative thereof, and blood containing the poly-guanidine of the type A diamine An amine acid or a derivative thereof, a polyaminic acid or a derivative thereof comprising the c-type diamine, or a combination comprising the d-type diamine tyrosine acid or a derivative thereof; (7) comprising the amine acid or a combination of a touch, a poly-assay or a straight-line containing the type A diamine, and a poly-proline or a derivative thereof comprising the C-type diamine, and (3) comprising the B-type diamine a poly-acid or a derivative thereof, comprising the D-type di-branche or a derivative thereof, and the poly-fluorene comprising the A-type diamine (tetra)-acid or a derivative thereof or comprising the c-type diamine A combination of an amine acid or a derivative thereof. The epoxy compound is a compound having two or more epoxy groups, such as a (tetra) epoxy group having an average number of functional groups greater than 1. The epoxy compound may be in the form of - or both of them. In the liquid crystal alignment agent, the type and content of the epoxy compound and the content of the solution which can form the epoxy compound and the polyaminic acid or its derivative are used. Further, the epoxy resin means a resin having an epoxy group. Examples of the epoxy compound include glycidyl ether, glycidyl ester, glycidylamine, epoxy group-containing acrylic resin, glycidylamine, glycidyl isocyanurate, and chain aliphatic epoxy. Compounds and cyclic aliphatic epoxy compounds. Examples of the glycidyl ether include a bisphenol A type epoxy compound, a bisphenol F type epoxy compound, a bisphenol s type epoxy compound, a bisphenol type epoxy compound, a hydrogenated bisphenol A type epoxy compound, and hydrogenation. Bisphenol F type epoxy compound, hydrogenated bisphenol S type epoxy compound, hydrogenated bisphenol type epoxidation 52 200930760 ^ Object: desertification (four) oxime type epoxy compound, galvanic substance, benzene type epoxy compound, cresol _ Type epoxidation 2; benzene cleavage type compound, enthalpy __ ring epoxy compound, epoxidation containing naphthalene skeleton: substance: fragrant sulphate sweet compound, dicyclopentadiene _ benzene _ ring An oxygen compound, an alicyclic diglycidyl (10) compound, an aliphatic polyglycidol mystery compound, a polysulfide (10) ySulflde) type diglycidyl epoxy compound.

Ο 所述縮水甘油醋例如可以列舉二縮水甘油醋化合物以 及縮水甘油酯環氧化合物。 所述縮水甘油胺例如可以列舉多縮水甘油胺化合物以 及縮水甘油胺型環氧樹脂。 所述含環氧基的丙稀酸系化合物例如可以列舉具有環 氧乙烷基(oximnyl)的單體的均聚物及共聚物。 所述縮水甘油醯胺例如可以列舉縮水甘油醯胺型環氧 化合物。 所述鏈狀脂肪族型環氧化合物例如可以列舉將烯烴化 合物的碳-碳雙鍵氧化而成的含有環氧基的化合物。 所述環狀肪族型環氧化合物例如可以列舉將環烯烴 化合物的碳-碳雙鍵氧化而成的含有環氧基的化合物。 所述雙酚A型環氧化合物例如可以列舉:828、1〇〇1、 1002、1003、1004、1007、1〇1〇(均由日本環氧樹脂製造),Ο The glycidol vinegar may, for example, be a diglycidyl vinegar compound or a glycidyl ester epoxy compound. Examples of the glycidylamine include a polyglycidylamine compound and a glycidylamine type epoxy resin. The epoxy group-containing acrylic acid compound may, for example, be a homopolymer or a copolymer of a monomer having an oximnyl group. The glycidylamine can be exemplified by a glycidylamine type epoxy compound. The chain aliphatic epoxy compound may, for example, be an epoxy group-containing compound obtained by oxidizing a carbon-carbon double bond of an olefin compound. The cyclic aliphatic epoxy compound may, for example, be an epoxy group-containing compound obtained by oxidizing a carbon-carbon double bond of a cycloolefin compound. Examples of the bisphenol A type epoxy compound include 828, 1〇〇1, 1002, 1003, 1004, 1007, and 1〇1〇 (all made of Japanese epoxy resin).

Epo Tohto YD-128 (東都化成公司製造),der_331、 DER-332、DER-324 (均由陶氏化學(d〇w chemical)公 53 200930760 司製造)’ Epiclon 840、Epiclon 850、Epiclon 1050 (均由 大日本油墨製造),Epomik R-140、Epomik R-301以及 EpomikR-304 (均由三井化學製造)。 所述雙酚F型環氧化合物例如可以列舉:806、807、 4004P(均由日本環氧樹脂製造),EpoTohtoYDF-170、Epo Tohto YDF-175S、Epo Tohto YDF-2001 (均由東都化成公 司製造),DER-354 (陶氏化學公司製造),Epicl〇n 830以 及Epiclon 835 (均由大日本油墨製造)。Epo Tohto YD-128 (manufactured by Dongdu Chemical Co., Ltd.), der_331, DER-332, DER-324 (both manufactured by Dow Chemical Co., Ltd., 2009, 200930760) 'Epiclon 840, Epiclon 850, Epiclon 1050 (both Made by Dainippon Ink), Epomik R-140, Epomik R-301, and EpomikR-304 (both manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals). Examples of the bisphenol F-type epoxy compound include 806, 807, and 4004P (all manufactured by Japanese epoxy resin), EpoTohto YDF-170, Epo Tohto YDF-175S, and Epo Tohto YDF-2001 (all manufactured by Dongdu Chemical Co., Ltd.). ), DER-354 (manufactured by The Dow Chemical Company), Epicl〇n 830 and Epiclon 835 (both manufactured by Dainippon Ink).

ύ 所述雙紛型環氧化合物例如可以列舉:2,2-雙(4-經基 苯基)_1,1,1,3,3,3-六氣丙烧的環氧化合物。 所述氫化雙酚A型環氧化合物例如可以列舉:Sun Tohto ST-3000 (東都化成公司製造)、Rikaresin HBE1〇〇 (新日本理化製造)以及DenacolEX-252 (長瀨化成公司 製造)。 所述虱化雙盼型環乳化合物例如可以列舉:氫化2,2_ 雙(4-羥基苯基)-1,1,1,3,3,3_六氟丙烷的環氧化合物。 所述溴化雙酚A型環氧化合物例如可以列舉:5〇5〇 ' 5〇M (均由日本環氧樹脂製造),Ep〇 T〇ht〇 YDB_36〇、Ep〇 Tohto YDB-400 (均由東都化成公司製造),臟_53〇、 DER-538 (均由陶氏化學公司製造),Epici〇n i52以及 Epiclon 153 (均由大曰本油墨製造)。 所述苯__環氧化合物例如可以列舉:i52、154 (均由日本環氧樹脂製造),YDpn, 造),丽州他職(均由陶氏化學公司製造 54 200930760 N_770 (大日本油墨化學工業股份有限公司製造), EPPN-201以及EPPN-202 (均由日本化藥股份有限公司製 造)。 所述甲酚酚醛型環氧化合物例如可以列舉:180S75 (曰本環氧樹脂製造),YDCN-701、YDCN-702 (均由東 都化成公司製造),EpiclonN_665、EpiclonN-695 (均由大 曰本油墨化學工業股份有限公司製造),EOCN-102S、 EOCN-103S、EOCN-104S、EOCN-1020、EOCN-1025 以及 〇 EOCN-1027 (均由日本化藥股份有限公司製造)。 所述雙酚A酚醛型環氧化合物例如可以列舉:157S70 (曰本環氧樹脂股份有限公司製造)、Epiclon N-880 (大曰 本油墨化學工業股份有限公司製造)。 所述含萘骨架的環氧化合物例如可以列舉:Epiclon HP-4032、Epiclon HP-4700、Epiclon HP-4770 (均由大日 本油墨化學工業股份有限公司製造),以及NC-7000(曰本 化藥公司製造)。 0 所述芳香族多縮水甘油醚化合物例如可以列舉:對苯 二紛二縮水甘油喊(下述結構式101)’鄰本二紛二縮水甘 油醚(下述結構式102),間苯二酚二縮水甘油醚(下述結 構式103) ’ 2-[4-(2,3-環氧丙氧基)苯基]-2-[4-[1,1-雙 卜([2,3-環氧丙氧基]苯基)]乙基]苯基]丙燒(下述、结構式 104),三(4-縮水甘油氧基苯基)甲烷(下述結構式1〇5) ’ 1〇3lS、1032Η60 (均由日本環氧樹脂製造),TACTIX-742 (陶氏化學公司製造)’ Denacol EX-201 (長瀨化成公司製 55 200930760 造),DPPN-503、DPPN-502H、DPPN-501H、NC6000 (均 由日本化藥股份有限公司製造)’ TeCm〇re VG3101L (三井 化學公司製造),下述結構式1 〇6所表示的化合物以及下述The bismuth epoxy compound may, for example, be an epoxy compound of 2,2-bis(4-pyridylphenyl)-1,1,1,3,3,3-hexafluoropropene. Examples of the hydrogenated bisphenol A type epoxy compound include Sun Tohto ST-3000 (manufactured by Tohto Kasei Co., Ltd.), Rikaresin HBE1 (manufactured by Nippon Chemical and Chemical Co., Ltd.), and Denacol EX-252 (manufactured by Nagase Chemical Co., Ltd.). The deuterated double-prone type ring-like emulsion compound may, for example, be an epoxy compound hydrogenated with 2,2-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)-1,1,1,3,3,3-hexafluoropropane. Examples of the brominated bisphenol A type epoxy compound include: 5〇5〇' 5〇M (all manufactured by Japanese epoxy resin), Ep〇T〇ht〇YDB_36〇, Ep〇Tohto YDB-400 (both Made by Dongdu Chemical Co., Ltd., Dirty _53〇, DER-538 (all manufactured by The Dow Chemical Company), Epici〇n i52 and Epiclon 153 (both manufactured by Otsuka Ink). Examples of the benzene-based epoxy compound include: i52, 154 (all manufactured by Nippon Epoxy Resin), YDpn, manufactured by Lizhou (both manufactured by Dow Chemical Co., Ltd. 54 200930760 N_770 (Daily Ink Chemistry) Industrial Co., Ltd.), EPPN-201 and EPPN-202 (all manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.). The cresol novolac type epoxy compound is exemplified by 180S75 (manufactured by 曰本 epoxy resin), YDCN -701, YDCN-702 (both manufactured by Dongdu Chemical Co., Ltd.), Epiclon N_665, Epiclon N-695 (all manufactured by Otsuka Ink Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), EOCN-102S, EOCN-103S, EOCN-104S, EOCN-1020 EOCN-1025 and 〇EOCN-1027 (all manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.). The bisphenol A phenolic epoxy compound is exemplified by 157S70 (manufactured by Sakamoto Epoxy Co., Ltd.) and Epiclon N. -880 (manufactured by Otsuka Ink Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) The epoxy compound containing a naphthalene skeleton may, for example, be Epiclon HP-4032, Epiclon HP-4700, Epiclon HP-4770 (both from Japan) Manufactured by Ink Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., and NC-7000 (manufactured by Sakamoto Chemical Co., Ltd.) 0 The aromatic polyglycidyl ether compound is exemplified by p-benzoic diglycidyl (the following structural formula 101) ) 'Niaoben two diglycidyl ether (the following structural formula 102), resorcinol diglycidyl ether (the following structural formula 103) '2-[4-(2,3-epoxypropoxy) Phenyl]-2-[4-[1,1-bis((2,3-epoxypropoxy)phenyl)]ethyl]phenyl]propan (hereinafter, structural formula 104), three (4-glycidoxyphenyl)methane (the following structural formula 1〇5) ' 1〇3lS, 1032Η60 (all manufactured by Japanese epoxy resin), TACTIX-742 (manufactured by The Dow Chemical Company)' Denacol EX- 201 (made by Changchun Chemical Co., Ltd. 55 200930760), DPPN-503, DPPN-502H, DPPN-501H, NC6000 (all manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) 'TeCm〇re VG3101L (manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals, Inc.), the following The compound represented by Structural Formula 〇6 and the following

結構式107所表米的化合物Compound of formula 107

56 20093076056 200930760

❹ _二環戊二稀·苯_環氧化合物·: TACTIX-556 (陶氏化學公司製造)、Epicl〇n Hp_72〇〇 (大 曰本油墨化學工業股份有限公司製造)。 所述脂環族二縮水甘油峻化合物例如可以列舉.環己 二甲醇二縮水甘油醚化合物、以及Rikaresin DME_1〇〇 (新 曰本理化製造)。 所述脂肪族多縮水甘油謎化合物例如可以列舉:乙二 醇二縮水甘油醚(下述結構式108),二乙二醇二縮水甘油 八 謎(下述結構式109)’聚乙二醇二縮水甘油酸,丙二醇二 縮水甘油醚(下述結構式110)’三丙二醇二縮水甘油醚(下 述結構式111),聚丙二醇二縮水甘油醚,新戊二醇二縮水 甘油醚(下述結構式I12),1,4-丁二醇二縮水甘油醚(下 述結構式113),1,6-己二醇二縮水甘油醚(下述結構式 114),二溴新戊二醇二縮水甘油醚(下述結構式115), Denacol EX,810、Denacol EX-851、Denacol EX-8301、 Denacol EX_911 x Dcnacol EX-920 ' D6ii3.col EX-931 '_ _ Dicyclopentadiene Benzene epoxide compound: TACTIX-556 (manufactured by The Dow Chemical Company), Epicl〇n Hp_72〇〇 (manufactured by Otsuka Ink Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.). Examples of the alicyclic diglycidyl compound include a cyclohexanedimethanol diglycidyl ether compound and Rikaresin DME_1® (manufactured by Shin Sakamoto Chemical Co., Ltd.). Examples of the aliphatic polyglycidol mystery compound include ethylene glycol diglycidyl ether (the following structural formula 108), diethylene glycol diglycidyl eight mystery (the following structural formula 109) 'polyethylene glycol II Glycidic acid, propylene glycol diglycidyl ether (the following structural formula 110) 'tripropylene glycol diglycidyl ether (the following structural formula 111), polypropylene glycol diglycidyl ether, neopentyl glycol diglycidyl ether (the following structure) Formula I12), 1,4-butanediol diglycidyl ether (structure 113 below), 1,6-hexanediol diglycidyl ether (structure 114 below), dibromo neopentyl glycol condensate Glycerol ether (Structure 115 below), Denacol EX, 810, Denacol EX-851, Denacol EX-8301, Denacol EX_911 x Dcnacol EX-920 'D6ii3.col EX-931 '

Denacol EX-211、Denacol EX-212、Denacol EX-313 (均由 57 200930760 長瀬化成公司製造),DD-503 (旭電化公司製造)’ Rikaresin H〇〇 (新日本理化製造)四縮水甘油基-2,4-己二 醇(下述結構式116),丙三醇多縮水甘油醚,山梨糖醇多 縮水甘油醚,三羥甲基丙烷多縮水甘油醚,季戊四醇多縮 水甘油醚,Denacol EX-313、Denacol EX-611、Denacol EX-321、Denacol EX-411 (均由長瀨化成公司製造)。Denacol EX-211, Denacol EX-212, Denacol EX-313 (both manufactured by 57 200930760 Nagase Chemical Co., Ltd.), DD-503 (manufactured by Asahi Kasei Co., Ltd.) Rikaresin H〇〇 (Nippon Chemical and Chemical Co., Ltd.) tetraglycidyl group - 2,4-hexanediol (Structure 116 below), glycerol polyglycidyl ether, sorbitol polyglycidyl ether, trimethylolpropane polyglycidyl ether, pentaerythritol polyglycidyl ether, Denacol EX- 313, Denacol EX-611, Denacol EX-321, and Denacol EX-411 (all manufactured by Changchun Chemical Company).

(110)(110)

(112) ❹ (111)(112) ❹ (111)

(113)(113)

(114}(114}

5g 200930760 所述雙紛型環氧化合物例如可以列舉:π·、 YL-6121均由日本環氧樹脂製造),NC_3〇〇〇p、NC_3〇〇〇s (均由日本化藥股份有限公司製造)。 ❹ 所述一細水甘油醋化合物例如可以列舉:對苯二甲酸 二縮水甘油酯(下述結構式I17)、鄰苯二曱酸二縮水甘油 酯(下述結構式118)、鄰笨二甲酸雙(2_曱基環氧乙烷基甲 醋)(下述結構式119)、六氫鄰笨二甲酸二縮水甘油酯(下 述结構式120)、下述結構式121所表示的化合物、下述結 構^ 122所表示的化合物以及下述結構式123所表系的化 合物°5g 200930760 The double-type epoxy compound can be exemplified by: π·, YL-6121 are all made of Japanese epoxy resin, NC_3〇〇〇p, NC_3〇〇〇s (all manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) ). ❹ The mono-glycidyl vinegar compound may, for example, be diglycidyl terephthalate (the following structural formula I17), diglycidyl phthalate (the following structural formula 118), ortho-dicarboxylic acid Bis(2- mercapto oxiranyl methyl vinegar) (the following structural formula 119), hexahydro-o-p-diformate diglycidyl ester (the following structural formula 120), a compound represented by the following structural formula 121, The compound represented by the following structure ^ 122 and the compound represented by the following structural formula 123 °

(118)(118)

(119) (117)(119) (117)

CH3 〇22) 59 200930760CH3 〇22) 59 200930760

可以列舉:871、872 ιη 2〇〇、Epiclon 400 (均 1公司製造),Denacol ϊ長瀨化成公司製造)。 所述縮水甘油酯環氧化合物例如^ (均由曰本環氧樹脂製造),Epicl〇n2( 由大日本油墨化學工業股份有限公 EX-711 以及 Denacol EX-721 (均由長、、賴 〇 二胺(TETRAD-X (三菱瓦斯化學)’下述結構式132)、 &雙(Ν,Ν-二縮水甘油基氨基甲基)環己烷(TETRAD-C ;二签1L斯化學),下述結構式133)、i,4-雙(N,义二縮水 所述多縮水甘油胺化合物例如可以列舉:n,n_二(縮水 甘油基)苯胺(下述結構式124)、Ν,Ν-二縮水甘油基鄰甲 苯胺(下述結構式125 )、Ν,Ν-一縮水甘油基間甲苯胺(下 述結構式126)、Ν,Ν-二縮水甘油基-2,4,6-三溴苯胺(下述 結構式127)、3-(Ν,Ν-二縮水甘油基)氨基丙基三曱氧基石夕 院(下述結構式128 )、Ν,Ν,0-三縮水甘油基對氨基苯酚(下 述结構式129)、Ν,Ν,Ο-二縮水甘油基間氨基苯紛(下述,结 構式130)、Ν,Ν,Ν,,Ν,-四縮水甘油基二氨基二苯基甲 燒(下述結構式131 )、Ν,Ν,Ν,Ν -四縮水甘油基間二甲本It can be exemplified by 871, 872 ιη 2〇〇, Epiclon 400 (manufactured by 1 company), and manufactured by Denacol ϊ Changhua Chemical Co., Ltd.). The glycidyl ester epoxy compound such as ^ (all manufactured by 曰 环氧树脂 epoxy resin), Epicli 〇 n2 (by Dainippon Ink Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. EX-711 and Denacol EX-721 (both by Chang, Lai Diamine (TETRAD-X (Mitsubishi Gas Chemical)' following structural formula 132), & bis(indole, hydrazine-diglycidylaminomethyl)cyclohexane (TETRAD-C; two-labeled 1Ls chemistry), The following structural formula 133), i, 4-bis (N, dimethyl condensed water, the polyglycidylamine compound, for example, n, n-di (glycidyl) aniline (the following structural formula 124), hydrazine, Ν-diglycidyl o-toluidine (structural formula 125 below), hydrazine, hydrazine-glycidyl m-toluidine (structure 126 below), hydrazine, hydrazine-diglycidyl-2,4,6 -Tribromoaniline (Structure 127 below), 3-(anthracene, fluorene-diglycidyl)aminopropyltrimethoxy oxet (the following structural formula 128), hydrazine, hydrazine, 0-triglycidyl P-aminophenol (formula 129 below), hydrazine, hydrazine, hydrazine-diglycidyl-m-aminobenzene (described below, structural formula 130), hydrazine, hydrazine, hydrazine, hydrazine, tetraglycidyl Aminodiphenylmethyl The following formula 131), Ν, Ν, Ν, Ν - tetraglycidyl-dimethoxy present

200930760 水甘油基氨基f基)基構 =9下)述 二二二縮水甘油基Μ νΌ構式)斗-141、χγνΜ,,Ν,-四縮水甘油基 二氨基聯苯(下述結構式141)、Ν,Ν, Ο 4,4,-二氨基二苯基醚(下述結構式142)、1,3,5_三(4_(Ν,Ν_ 二縮水甘油基)氨基苯氧基)苯(下述結構式Μ3)、2,4,4’— 三(Ν,Ν-二縮水甘油基氨基)二苯基醚(下述結構式144)、 三(4-(Ν,Ν-二縮水甘油基)氨基苯基)甲炫(下述結構式 145 )、3,4,3,,4,-四(Ν,Ν-二縮水甘油基氨基)聯苯(下述、纟口構 式146)、3,4,3,,4,-四(Ν,Ν-二縮水甘油基氨基)二苯基鍵(下 述結構式147)、下述結構式148所表示的化合物以及下述 結構式149所表系的化合物。 ❹200930760 Hydroglycidylaminof group) = 9)) 222 g-glycidyl Μ Ό Ό ) 141 141 141, χ Μ Μ Μ Ν Ν - - - ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ), hydrazine, hydrazine, hydrazine 4,4,-diaminodiphenyl ether (structure formula 142 below), 1,3,5_tri(4_(Ν,Ν_ diglycidyl)aminophenoxy)benzene (Structural formula Μ3 below), 2,4,4'-tris(Ν,Ν-diglycidylamino)diphenyl ether (structure 144 below), tris(4-(Ν,Ν-bi-shrink) Glyceryl)aminophenyl)methylxanthine (the following structural formula 145), 3,4,3,,4,-tetrakis(Ν,Ν-diglycidylamino)biphenyl (described below, mouthwash configuration 146) , 3,4,3,,4,-tetrakis(Ν,Ν-diglycidylamino)diphenyl bond (the following structural formula 147), a compound represented by the following structural formula 148, and the following structural formula 149 compounds of the system. ❹

(128}(128}

(126) (129)(126) (129)

(130)(130)

Ν^Νϊ^ρ (131) 61 200930760Ν^Νϊ^ρ (131) 61 200930760

(136) (137}(136) (137}

62 (142) 20093076062 (142) 200930760

所述具有環氧乙烷基的單體的均聚物例如可以列舉聚 63 200930760 ❹ ❹ 甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯。所述具有環氧乙烷基的單體的共 聚物例如可以列舉:N_苯基馬來醯亞胺-甲基丙烯酸縮水ς 油醋共聚物、Ν_環己基馬來酿亞胺基丙烯酸縮水甘油醋 共聚物、甲基丙烯酸㈣曱基_酸縮水甘油醋共聚物、 甲基丙婦酸丁西旨·甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油醋共聚物、甲基丙婦 酸-2-羥基乙酯_甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯共聚物、甲基丙 酸(3乙基-3-環氧丙烷基)曱酯-甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯丘 聚物以及苯乙烯·甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯共聚物。曰"、 所述具有環氧乙烷基的單體例如可以列舉: 稀酸縮水甘油自旨、(曱基)丙鱗_3,4_環氧環己自 丙烯酸甲基縮水甘油酯。 、丫丞) 所述具有環氧乙烧基的單體的共聚物中,所述具 的單體以外的單體’例如可以列舉:(甲基: ,、(甲基㈣酸甲醋、(甲基)丙_乙§旨、(甲基 異丙醋、(甲基)丙稀酸TS旨、(f基)丙稀酸異丁§ 2 丙烯酸叔丁酉旨、(甲基)丙稀酸環己醋、(甲基)丙稀酸基) (甲基)丙豨酸-2-經基乙醋、(甲基)丙烯酸_2_經基丙妒、^ 乙甲基苯乙烯、氯甲基苯乙婦、(曱基)= _3_環氧丙絲)f醋、N_環己基馬來酿亞胺以及 , 來醯亞胺。 本暴馬 所述異亂腺酸縮水甘油醋例如可以列嚴· 1 ^ ^ 一 )L3- —縮水甘油基-5-烯丙基_丨3 5 =工 娜讽3H,聊三_ (下述結構式151)以及異氛二^ 64 200930760 縮水甘油酯型環氧樹脂。The homopolymer of the monomer having an oxiranyl group may, for example, be poly 63 200930760 ❹ 缩 glycidyl methacrylate. The copolymer of the monomer having an oxiranyl group may, for example, be N-phenylmaleimide-methyl hydrazide ruthenium oil vinegar copolymer, Ν_cyclohexylmaleimide-acrylic acid shrinkage Glycerin copolymer, methacrylic acid (tetra) fluorenyl-acid glycidol vinegar copolymer, methyl acetoin butyl methacrylate methacrylic acid glycidyl vinegar copolymer, methyl propyl benzoate-2-hydroxyethyl _ Glycidyl acrylate copolymer, (3 ethyl-3- oxypropyl) decyl methacrylate - glycidyl methacrylate urethane and styrene - glycidyl methacrylate copolymer. Further, the monomer having an oxiranyl group may, for example, be a dilute acid glycidol, or a (fluorenyl) propylene scale _3,4_epoxycyclohexane from methyl methacrylate.丫丞) In the copolymer of the monomer having an epoxy group, the monomer other than the monomer is, for example, (methyl: , (methyl) oleate, Methyl) propyl acrylate, (methyl isopropyl vinegar, (meth) acrylic acid TS, (f) acrylic acid isobutyl § 2 butyl acrylate, (meth) acrylate ring Hex vinegar, (meth)acrylic acid) (methyl)propionic acid-2-ethylidene vinegar, (meth)acrylic acid _2 _ propyl propyl hydrazine, ^ ethyl methyl styrene, chloromethyl Benzene, (曱基) = _3_ propylene propylene) f vinegar, N_cyclohexylmaleimine, and ruthenium imine. Yan·1 ^ ^ a) L3--glycidyl-5-allyl_丨3 5 = Gong Na satire 3H, chat three _ (the following structural formula 151) and heterogeneous two ^ 64 200930760 glycidyl ester type Epoxy resin.

Ο ❹ 所述鏈狀脂肪族型環氧化合物例如可以列舉··環氧化 聚丁二烯、Epolead PB3600 (Daicel化學工業股份有限公 司製造)° 所述環狀脂肪族型環氧化合物例如可以列舉:3,4-環 氧環己烯甲基環氧環己烯基曱酸酯(Celloxide 2021 (Daicel化學工業股份有限公司製造),下述結構式152), 2_曱基-3,4-環氧環己基甲基_2’_曱基_3',4'_環氧環己基甲酸 酯(下述結構式153),2,3-環氧環戊基_2’,3’-環氧環戊基醚 (下述結構式154),ε-己内酯改性3,4-環氧環己基甲基 -3,,4,-環氧環己基曱酸酯,1,2:8,9·二環氧檸檬烯(Celloxide 3000 (Daicel化學工業股份有限公司製造),下述結構式 155),下述結構式156所表示的化合物,CY-175、CY-177、 CY-179(均由 CIBA-GEIGY 公司製造),EHPD-3150( Daicel 化學工業股份有限公司製造)以及環狀脂肪族型環氧樹脂。Ο ❹ The chain-like aliphatic epoxy compound is exemplified by epoxidized polybutadiene and Epolead PB3600 (manufactured by Daicel Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.). The cyclic aliphatic epoxy compound is exemplified by the following: 3,4-epoxycyclohexene methyl epoxy cyclohexenyl decanoate (Celloxide 2021 (manufactured by Daicel Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), the following structural formula 152), 2_mercapto-3,4-ring Oxycyclohexylmethyl 2'-mercapto_3', 4'-epoxycyclohexylformate (Structure 153 below), 2,3-epoxycyclopentyl 2', 3'-ring Oxycyclocyclopentyl ether (Structure 154 below), ε-caprolactone modified 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl-3,4,-epoxycyclohexyl decanoate, 1,2:8 IX-epoxy limonene (Celloxide 3000 (manufactured by Daicel Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), the following structural formula 155), a compound represented by the following structural formula 156, CY-175, CY-177, CY-179 (both It is manufactured by CIBA-GEIGY Co., Ltd., EHPD-3150 (manufactured by Daicel Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) and a cyclic aliphatic epoxy resin.

65 20093076065 200930760

(156) (155) Ο ,所述環氧化合物優選多縮水甘油胺化合物、雙酚A酚 醛氣化合物、甲酚酚醛型環氧化合物以及環狀脂肪族 型%氧化合物中的一種以上,更優選Ν,Ν,Ν,,Ν,-四縮水甘 油基間二甲苯二胺、L3-雙(Ν,Ν-二縮水甘油基氨基甲基) 環己烷、'风:^’,1^四縮水甘油基-4,4,-二氨基二苯基"甲 烧、商品名“Tecmore VG3101L”、3,4-環氧環己烯甲基_3,,4,_ 環軋環己烯基曱酸酯、N-苯基馬來醯亞胺-曱基丙稀酸縮水 甘油醋共聚物、Ν,Ν,0-三縮水甘油基對氣基苯盼、雙紛a 酚醛型環氧化合物以及甲酚酚醛型環氧化合物中的一種以 上。 本發明的液晶配向劑可以進一步包含所述聚醯胺酸或 其衍生物、以及環氧化合物以外的成分。這種進一步包含 的成分可以列舉溶劑以及普通液晶配向劑中所含有的各種 添加劑。 所述溶劑廣泛包括聚醯胺酸、可溶性聚醯亞胺以及聚 酿胺醯变胺等通常用在高分子成分的製造步驟或用途中的 溶劑,所述溶劑可以根據使用目的來適當選擇。例如’可 以基於調整液晶配向劑的黏度等物理性質、易操作性以及 簡化步驟等觀點來使用所述溶劑。溶劑可以採用一種,也 可以採用兩種以上。所述溶劑例如可以列舉對聚醯胺酸或 其衍生物具有易溶性的#質子極性有機溶劑、以及改變表 66 200930760 面張力而改善塗布性等的塗布性改善溶劑,所述溶劑優選 爲含有這些溶劑的混合溶劑。 所述非質子極性有機溶劑例如可以列舉:N_甲基·)· 吡咯烷酮(N-methyl-2-pyrr〇lid〇ne)、Ν,Ν,_二甲基咪唑啉_ (Ν,Ν’-dimethyl imidazolidincme )、甲基己内醯胺 (N-methyl Capr〇lactam )、Ν,Ν_ 二甲基丙醯胺 (N,N-dimethyl proPi〇namide )、Ν,Ν_二曱基乙醯胺、二曱 基亞石風(dimethylsulf〇xide)、N,N-二甲基曱醯胺、ν,ν^ 乙基甲醯胺、Ν,Ν-二乙基乙醯胺、n,n,n,n,-四甲基脲、一 丁内醋以及γ-戊内醋。所述非質子極性有機溶劑“二 自Ν-甲基-2-吡咯烷酮、Ν,Ν’-二曱基咪唑啉酮、^丁内酯以 及γ-戊内酯中的一種以上。 s 所述塗布性改善溶劑例如可以列舉:乳酸烷基酯、3_ 甲基-3-甲氧基丁醇、四氫萘(tetralin )、異佛爾嗣 (isophorone)、乙二醇單丁醚等乙二醇單烷基醚、二乙二 醇單乙醚等二乙二醇單烷基醚、乙二醇乙酸單烷基酯或^ 〇 乙二醇乙酸單苯酯、三乙二醇單烷基醚、丙二醇單丁醚等 丙二醇單烧基醚、丙二酸二乙酯等丙二酸二燒基酯、二丙 二醇單甲醚等二丙二醇單烷基醚、以及這些的乙酸酯類等 酯化合物。所述塗布性改善溶劑優選爲選自乙二醇單丁 醚、二乙二醇單乙醚、丙二醇單丁醚以及二丙二醇單甲醚 中的一種以上。 非質子極性溶劑與塗布性改善溶劑的種類和比例,可 以考慮液晶配向劑的印刷性、塗布性、溶解性以及保存穩 67 200930760 。非質子極性溶劑的溶解性以及保存穩 改善溶劑’而塗布性改善溶劑的印刷 !·生以及塗布性相對優於非質子極性溶劑。 ,述添加劑只要是时提高液晶配向躺狀性質的 成^即可,可簡用-種,也可簡料種以上。所述添 加劍可舉根據各自目的而使用的聚醯胺酸或其衍生物 以外的尚分子化合物及低分子化合物。(156) (155) Ο The epoxy compound is preferably one or more of a polyglycidylamine compound, a bisphenol A phenolic gas compound, a cresol novolak type epoxy compound, and a cyclic aliphatic type oxygen compound, more preferably Ν,Ν,Ν,,Ν,-tetraglycidyl-m-xylenediamine, L3-bis(Ν,Ν-diglycidylaminomethyl)cyclohexane, 'wind: ^', 1^ four shrinkage Glyceryl-4,4,-diaminodiphenyl"methyst, trade name "Tecmore VG3101L", 3,4-epoxycyclohexenemethyl_3,,4,_ ring-rolled cyclohexenyl fluorene Acid ester, N-phenylmaleimide-mercapto-acrylic acid glycidyl vinegar copolymer, hydrazine, hydrazine, 0-triglycidyl-p-carbyl benzene, double phenolic epoxy compound and One or more of phenol novolac type epoxy compounds. The liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention may further comprise the polyamic acid or a derivative thereof, and a component other than the epoxy compound. The components further contained in the solvent include various solvents and various additives contained in ordinary liquid crystal alignment agents. The solvent widely includes a solvent which is usually used in a production step or use of a polymer component, such as polyamic acid, soluble polyimine, and polyamine amine, and the solvent can be appropriately selected depending on the purpose of use. For example, the solvent can be used from the viewpoints of adjusting physical properties such as viscosity of the liquid crystal alignment agent, ease of handling, and simplification of steps. The solvent may be used singly or in combination of two or more. The solvent may, for example, be a protic polar organic solvent which is readily soluble in polylysine or a derivative thereof, and a coating property improving solvent which changes the surface tension of Table 66 200930760 to improve coatability, etc., and the solvent preferably contains these. A solvent mixture of solvents. Examples of the aprotic polar organic solvent include N-methyl-pyrrolidone (N-methyl-2-pyrr〇lid〇ne), hydrazine, hydrazine, and dimethylimidazoline _ (Ν,Ν'- Dimethyl imidazolidincme ), N-methyl Capr〇lactam , N,N-dimethyl proPi〇namide , Ν,Ν-dimercaptoacetamide, Dimethylsulf〇xide, N,N-dimethyldecylamine, ν,ν^ethylformamide, hydrazine, hydrazine-diethylacetamidine, n, n, n, n,-tetramethylurea, monobutyrolactone, and gamma-valerate. One or more of the aprotic polar organic solvent "di-anthracene-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, anthracene, fluorene--di-decyl imidazolidinone, butyl lactone, and γ-valerolactone. Examples of the improving solvent include ethylene glycol lactate, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutanol, tetralin, isophorone, and ethylene glycol monobutyl ether. Diethylene glycol monoalkyl ether such as alkyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, monoalkyl glycol glycol acetate or monophenyl ester of ethylene glycol acetate, triethylene glycol monoalkyl ether, propylene glycol An alkyl ester such as propylene glycol monoalkyl ether such as butyl ether or malonyl malonate such as diethyl malonate or dipropylene glycol monoalkyl ether such as dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether, or an ester compound such as these. The improving solvent is preferably one or more selected from the group consisting of ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monobutyl ether, and dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether. The types and ratios of the aprotic polar solvent and the coating improving solvent, It is possible to consider the printability, coatability, solubility, and storage stability of the liquid crystal alignment agent. The solubility of the aprotic polar solvent and the storage stability of the solvent are improved, and the coating property is improved by the printing of the solvent. The raw material and the coating property are relatively superior to the aprotic polar solvent, and the additive is used to improve the liquid crystal alignment property. However, the above-mentioned added sword may be a molecular compound or a low molecular compound other than polyglycine or a derivative thereof used depending on the purpose.

>就控制=形成的液晶向劑的電特性或配向性的觀點 而言,所f高分子化合物優選爲可溶於有機溶劑的高分子 化合物。這種高分子化合物例如可以列舉:聚醯胺、聚氨 酯(polyurethane)、聚腺(p〇iyurea)、聚酯、聚環氧化物 (polyepoxide )、聚醋多元醇(p〇lyesterp〇ly〇1 )、聚矽氧 (silicone)改性聚氨酯、聚矽氧改性聚酯。 所述低分子化合物例如可以列舉:表面活性劑、抗靜 電劑、碎烧偶聯劑(silane coupling agent )、鈦系偶聯劑以 及醯亞胺化催化劑。就提高液晶配向劑的塗布性的觀點而 言’優選表面活性劑。就提高液晶配向劑及液晶配向膜的 抗靜電性的觀點而言,優選抗靜電劑。就提高液晶配向膜 與基板的密接性或耐摩擦性的觀點而言,優選矽烷偶聯劑 及鈦系偶聯劑。就形成液晶配向膜時,可以在低溫下進行 醢亞胺化的觀點而言,優選醯亞胺化催化劑。 所述矽烷偶聯劑例如可以列舉:乙烯基三甲氧基石夕 烷、乙烯基三乙氧基矽烷、N-(2-氨基乙基)-3-氨基丙基曱 基二曱氧基矽烷、N-(2-氨基乙基)-3-氨基丙基甲基三甲氧 68 200930760 〇 ❹ 基矽烷、對氨基苯基三甲氧基矽烷、對氨基苯基三乙氧基 矽烷、間氨基苯基三甲氧基矽烷、間氨基苯基三乙氧基矽 烷、3-氨基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3_氨基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、 3-縮水甘油氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、孓縮水甘油氧基丙基 甲基二甲氧基矽烷、2-(3,4-環氧環己基)乙基三甲氧基矽 烷、3·氯丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、3_氯丙基三甲氧基矽烷、 3-(甲基丙烯醯氧基)丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3_髄基丙基三甲氧 基矽烧、N-(l,3-二甲基亞丁基)_3_(三乙氧基甲石夕烷基)]_ 丙基胺以及Ν,Ν,-雙[3-(三甲氧基子矽烷基)丙基]乙二胺。 所述醯亞胺化催化劑例如可以列舉:三曱基胺、三乙 基胺、三丙基胺、三丁基胺等脂肪族胺類;Ν,Ν_:甲基苯 胺、耶_二乙基苯胺、f基取代苯胺、羥基取代苯胺等芳 香族麵K、甲絲代H 取代㈣、喧淋 (qmn〇line)、甲基取代喹啉、羥基取代喹啉、異喹啉、甲 基取代異料、錄取储顿、料(imida她)、甲美 =代咪唾、祕取代咪料環式麵。所賴亞胺土 =優選爲選自Ν,Ν·二甲基笨胺,鄰、間、對錄苯胺,鄰、 間、對羥基吡啶以及異喹啉中的一種以上。 ^偶聯_添加量通㈣聚胺酸或其触物神 重置的G重〜1G重量% ’優選Q」重量%〜3重量%。 或其衍⑽ 吊局⑴田!〜5當1,優選0.05當量〜3 ♦量。 其他添加劑的添加量根據用途而; &«或其衍生物_重量❹重量%〜3二量^^ 69 200930760 0.1重量%〜10重量%。> From the viewpoint of controlling the liquid crystal to be formed to the electrical property or the alignment property of the agent, the polymer compound is preferably a polymer compound soluble in an organic solvent. Examples of such a polymer compound include polyamine, polyurethane, polypyrene, polyester, polyepoxide, and polyacetate (p〇lyesterp〇ly〇1). , silicone modified polyurethane, polyoxymethylene modified polyester. Examples of the low molecular compound include a surfactant, an antistatic agent, a silane coupling agent, a titanium coupling agent, and a ruthenium amide catalyst. From the viewpoint of improving the coatability of the liquid crystal alignment agent, a surfactant is preferred. From the viewpoint of improving the antistatic property of the liquid crystal alignment agent and the liquid crystal alignment film, an antistatic agent is preferred. From the viewpoint of improving the adhesion between the liquid crystal alignment film and the substrate or the abrasion resistance, a decane coupling agent and a titanium coupling agent are preferable. In the case of forming a liquid crystal alignment film, a ruthenium imidization catalyst is preferred from the viewpoint of performing ruthenium imidization at a low temperature. The decane coupling agent may, for example, be vinyltrimethoxy oxacyclohexane, vinyltriethoxy decane, N-(2-aminoethyl)-3-aminopropyl decyl decyloxydecane, N -(2-aminoethyl)-3-aminopropylmethyltrimethoxy 68 200930760 〇❹ decyl decane, p-aminophenyl trimethoxy decane, p-aminophenyl triethoxy decane, m-aminophenyl trimethoxy Base decane, m-aminophenyl triethoxy decane, 3-aminopropyltrimethoxy decane, 3-aminopropyltriethoxy decane, 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxy decane, glycidol Oxypropylmethyldimethoxydecane, 2-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)ethyltrimethoxydecane, 3·chloropropylmethyldimethoxydecane, 3-chloropropyltrimethyl Oxydecane, 3-(methacryloxy)propyltrimethoxydecane, 3-mercaptopropyltrimethoxysulfonium, N-(l,3-dimethylbutylidene)_3_(triethyl) Oxymethoxine)]-propylamine and hydrazine, hydrazine, -bis[3-(trimethoxyindolyl)propyl]ethylenediamine. The ruthenium amide catalyst may, for example, be an aliphatic amine such as tridecylamine, triethylamine, tripropylamine or tributylamine; hydrazine, hydrazine: methylaniline, yebethylene aniline , f-substituted aniline, hydroxy-substituted aniline and other aromatic surface K, methyl silk substitute H substituted (four), 喧 ( (qmn〇 line), methyl substituted quinoline, hydroxy substituted quinoline, isoquinoline, methyl substituted disinfectant , admission and storage, material (imida her), Jiamei = Daimi saliva, secret replacement of the rice ring surface. The lysine soil is preferably one or more selected from the group consisting of hydrazine, hydrazine dimethyl phenylamine, o-, m-, p-aniline, o-, m-, p-hydroxypyridine and isoquinoline. ^Coupling_Addition amount (IV) Polyamine or its touch substance Reset G weight ~ 1G wt% 'preferably Q" wt% to 3 wt%. Or its derivative (10) hanging (1) Tian! ~5 when 1, preferably 0.05 equivalents ~ 3 ♦ amount. The amount of other additives added is according to the use; &« or its derivative _ weight ❹ weight% ~ 3 two amount ^ ^ 69 200930760 0.1% by weight ~ 10% by weight.

例如,從就使液晶顯示元件的電特性長期穩定的觀點 而言考慮,本發明的液晶配向劑可以進一步含有婦基取代 納迪克酿亞胺(nadiimide)化合物。所述稀基取代納迪克 酿亞胺化合物可以是採用一種化合物’也可以是採用兩種 或者兩種以上的化合物。就從所述觀點考慮而言,所述稀 基取代納迪克醯亞胺化合物的含量’以相對於液晶配向劑 中的聚醯胺酸或者其衍生物的重量比計’優選爲〇.〇1〜 1·〇〇 ’更加優選爲0.01〜0.70,進一步優選爲〇 01〜0 5〇。 所述烯基取代納迪克醯亞胺化合物,優選爲可以溶解 在溶解本發明中使用的聚醯胺酸或者其衍生物的溶劑中溶 解的化合物。這樣的烯基取代納迪克醯亞胺化合物的例子 可以列舉以下述通式(Ina)所表示的化合物。For example, from the viewpoint of stabilizing the electrical characteristics of the liquid crystal display element for a long period of time, the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention may further contain a gyion-substituted nadiimide compound. The dilute group-substituted nadicki-imine compound may be one compound or two or more compounds. From the viewpoint of the above, the content of the rare-base substituted nadic ylidene compound is 'preferably 〇.〇1 with respect to the weight ratio of the poly-proline or the derivative thereof in the liquid crystal alignment agent. 〜1·〇〇' is more preferably 0.01 to 0.70, still more preferably 〇01 to 0 5〇. The alkenyl-substituted nadicylimine compound is preferably a compound which can be dissolved in a solvent which dissolves the poly-proline or the derivative thereof used in the present invention. Examples of such an alkenyl-substituted nadicylimine compound include compounds represented by the following formula (Ina).

❾ ^式(Ina)中,Li以及L2分別獨立地表示氫、碳类 二上12的烷基、碳數爲3〜6的烯基、碳數爲5〜8的驾 烧基合芳基或者节基,η表示1或者2。 ° 1時,I表示碳數爲1〜12的烧基、碳數爲, 二的烯基;瑗數爲5〜8的環烧基、碳數爲6〜12的芳基· 二=·Ζ _(〇ν(Ζ2〇νζ3·Η (Zl、ζ2以及 ζ3獨立地表方 ♦、、〜6的亞烷基,q表示0或者1,並且而且^表方 200930760 1厂30的整數)所表示的基團、以_(z4)s_b_z5_h a以及 z5獨立地表示碳數爲丨〜4的亞烷基或者碳數爲5〜8的環 亞烷基,B表示亞苯基,並且而且s表示〇或者1)所表 示的基團、以-B-T-B-H (B表示亞苯基’而且並且τ表示 -CH2-、-C(CH3)2-、-〇_、_C0_、-s-或者 s〇2_)所表示的基 團、或者這些基團的1個〜3個氫經被羥基所取代而成的 基團。 此時’優選的W是碳數爲1〜8的烷基、碳數爲3〜4 的烯基、環己基、苯基、苄基、碳數爲4〜1〇的聚(乙烯氧) 乙基、笨氧基笨基、苯基甲基苯基、苯基異亞丙基苯基以 及這些基團的1個或者2個氩經被羥基所取代而成的基團。 當通式(Ina)中n=2時’ W表示碳數爲2〜20的亞 烷基、碳數爲5〜8的環亞烷基、碳數爲6〜12的亞芳基、 以-Z^O-^OVZ3- (Z1〜Z3以及r的含義如上所述)所表 示的基團、以-Z4-B-Z5- (Z4、Z5以及B的含義如上所述) 所表示的基團、以-B-(〇-B)s-T-(B-〇)s-B- (B表示亞苯基, T表示碳數爲1〜3的亞烷基、或者_s〇2_,s表示〇或 者1)所表示的基團、或者這些基團的1個〜3個氫經被羥 基取代而成所取代的基團。 此時’優選的W是碳數爲2〜12的亞烷基、亞環己基、 亞苯基、苯亞甲基、亞二曱苯基、以_C3H6-0-(Z2-0)r-0-C3H6-(Z2表示碳數爲2〜6的亞烷基,r表示1或者2)所表示 的基團、以表示亞苯基,而且T表示-CH2-、-〇-或者_s〇2_)所表示的基團、以-B-〇-B-C3H6-B-0-B- (B表 71 200930760 ,亞笨基)所表示的基團、以及這些基團的丨個或者2個 氫被經羥基所取代而成的基團。 這樣的烯基取代納迪克醯亞胺化合物例如可以使用: 如日本專利第2729565號公報所記載的’通過將烯基取代 納迪克酸酐衍生物和二胺在80°c〜22(rc的溫度下保持〇 5 小時〜20小時而合成獲得的化合物;或者市售的化合物。 烯基取代納迪克酿亞胺化合物的具體例可以列舉以下所示 的化合物° ^ N-甲基-婦丙基二環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二甲醯亞胺、N_ 甲基-烯丙基甲基一環[2.2.1]庚-5-稀·2,3-二甲醯亞胺、 甲基-甲基烯丙基一環[2.2.1]庚_5_烯-2,3-二甲醯亞胺、n_ 甲基-甲基烯丙基甲基二環P.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二甲醯亞 胺、N-(2-乙基己基)-烯丙基二環[2.2.1]庚_5_稀_2,3-二甲醯 亞胺、 N-(2-乙基己基)-烯丙基(曱基)二環[22 1:|庚_5_埽_2,3_ 二曱醯亞胺、烯丙基-烯丙基二環[221]庚_5_烯_2,3_二甲 Ο 醯亞胺、烯丙基-稀丙基甲基二環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二甲 醯亞胺、稀丙基-甲基烯丙基二環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二甲 醯亞胺、N-異丙烯基-烯丙基二環[221]庚_5_烯_2,3_二甲酿 亞胺、N-異丙烯基-烯丙基(曱基)二環[2.2.1]庚_5_婦·2,3_: 甲醯亞胺、Ν_異丙烯基-甲基烯丙基二環[2·2.1]庚-5-歸·2 3_ 二曱醯亞胺、Ν-環己基_烯丙基二環[221]庚_5_婦_2,3_二甲 醯亞胺、Ν-環己基-烯丙基(甲基)二環[2.2.1]庚-5-婦-2,3_二 甲醯亞胺、Ν-環己基-曱基烯丙基二環Ρ.2 庚·54_23_ 72 200930760 =酿亞胺娜基_稀丙基二概υ庚姆2,3_二甲酿 Ν-苯基-稀丙基(曱基)二環[2.21]庚_5•稀-23_ =、队节基-婦丙基二環[2.21]庚.5_婦_2,3_二甲酿亞In the formula (Ina), Li and L2 each independently represent hydrogen, an alkyl group of 12 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 3 to 6 carbon atoms, a calcined aryl group having a carbon number of 5 to 8 or The base, η represents 1 or 2. When 1 is 1, I represents a carbon group having a carbon number of 1 to 12, an alkenyl group having a carbon number of two, a cycloalkyl group having a number of turns of 5 to 8, and an aryl group having a carbon number of 6 to 12. _(〇ν(Ζ2〇νζ3·Η (Zl, ζ2, and ζ3 independently represent ♦, ~6 alkylene, q represents 0 or 1, and ^表方200930760 1厂30 integer) The group, _(z4)s_b_z5_h a and z5 independently represent an alkylene group having a carbon number of 丨~4 or a cycloalkylene group having a carbon number of 5 to 8, B represents a phenylene group, and s represents hydrazine or 1) The group represented by -BTBH (B represents phenylene group and τ represents -CH2-, -C(CH3)2-, -〇_, _C0_, -s- or s〇2_) a group or a group in which one to three hydrogens of these groups are substituted by a hydroxyl group. At this time, 'preferred W is an alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 8, and a carbon number of 3 to 4 Alkenyl, cyclohexyl, phenyl, benzyl, poly(ethyleneoxy)ethyl having a carbon number of 4 to 1 fluorene, phenyloxyphenyl, phenylmethylphenyl, phenylisopropylidenephenyl, and One or two argon groups of these groups are substituted by a hydroxyl group. When the formula (Ina) When n=2, 'W represents an alkylene group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, a cycloalkylene group having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, an arylene group having a carbon number of 6 to 12, and -Z^O-^OVZ3- (Z1 to Z3 and r have the meanings as described above), a group represented by -Z4-B-Z5- (Z4, Z5, and B, as described above), and -B-(〇 -B) sT-(B-〇)sB- (B represents a phenylene group, T represents an alkylene group having a carbon number of 1 to 3, or _s〇2_, s represents a group represented by hydrazine or 1), Or one to three hydrogens of these groups are substituted with a hydroxy group to form a substituted group. At this time, 'preferred W is an alkylene group having a carbon number of 2 to 12, a cyclohexylene group, a phenylene group, and a benzene group. Methylene, diphenylene phenyl, represented by _C3H6-0-(Z2-0)r-0-C3H6- (Z2 represents an alkylene group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, and r represents 1 or 2) a group to represent a phenylene group, and T represents a group represented by -CH2-, -〇- or _s〇2_), and -B-〇-B-C3H6-B-0-B- (Table B 71 200930760, a group represented by the group, and a group in which one or two hydrogens of these groups are substituted by a hydroxyl group. Such an alkenyl-substituted nadicylimine compound can be used, for example, as described in Japanese Patent No. 2729565, by replacing an alkenyl group with a nadic anhydride derivative and a diamine at a temperature of 80 ° C to 22 (rc). The compound obtained by the synthesis is maintained for 5 hours to 20 hours; or a commercially available compound. Specific examples of the alkenyl-substituted Nadick-based imine compound include the compound shown below: N-methyl-propylpropyl bicyclo [2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dimethylimine, N-methyl-allylmethyl-cyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-lean·2,3-dimethylhydrazine Amine, methyl-methallyl-cyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dimethylimine, n-methyl-methylallylmethylbicyclo-P.2.1] -5-ene-2,3-dimethylimine, N-(2-ethylhexyl)-allylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-dihydro-2,3-dimethylimine , N-(2-ethylhexyl)-allyl (indenyl)bicyclo[22 1:|gly-5_埽_2,3_diimide, allyl-allyl bicyclo [ 221]hept-5-ene-2,3-dimethylhydrazine quinone imine, allyl-dipylmethylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dimethylimine , propyl-methylallyl bicyclo [2.2.1] g- 5-ene-2,3-dimethylimine, N-isopropenyl-allyl bicyclo [221]hept-5-ene-2,3-dimethylanimine, N-isopropenyl- Allyl (fluorenyl) bicyclo[2.2.1]g _5_women·2,3_: formamidine, Ν_isopropenyl-methylallyl bicyclo[2·2.1]g-5 - 归 · 2 3_ Diimine, Ν-cyclohexyl allyl bicyclo [221] G _5 _ _2, 3- dimethyl imimine, Ν-cyclohexyl-allyl (A Bi)[2.2.1]hept-5-female-2,3_dimethylimine imine, Ν-cyclohexyl-mercaptopropyl bicycloindole. 2 g·54_23_ 72 200930760 = brewed imine _ propyl propyl υ υ 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Second ring [2.21] G.5_women_2,3_dimethylya

^ ^ ψ ^m2.2Am-5^2^ Ψ ' N =婦丙基二環 〇^ ^ ψ ^m2.2Am-5^2^ Ψ ' N = propyl propyl ring 〇

Q 土基乙基),丙基二環[2 21]庚·5_稀_2,3_二甲 醯=基乙基)_烯丙基(甲基)二環[2 2 ^_5_m ===基⑽甲鱗喊:環_㈣ N-(2,2_二甲基_3_經基丙基)_婦丙基二環[如]庚 亞胺H丙_)咖基二環[2.2.1]庚_5姻,3-二甲酿 環W基(甲基)二環_庚, 經基苯基)·稀丙基二環[2.2.1]庚-5_烯_2,3-二甲醯 醯H經基苯基)_婦丙基(?基)二環[2.2.1]庚i稀-2,3-嫌2 、N<4_羥基苯基)-甲基烯丙基二環[2.2.1]庚_5_ 環[2.2.編.2,3-二甲酸亞胺、邮-經:=: 73 200930760 (甲基)二環P.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二甲醯亞胺、N-(對經基节 基)-稀丙基二環[2.2.1]庚_5-稀-2,3-二甲醯亞胺、經 基乙氧基)乙基}-烯丙基二環[2.2.1]庚_5_烯_2,3-二甲酿亞 胺、 N-{2-(2-羥基乙氧基)乙基}-烯丙基(曱基)二環[2 2 ^ 庚-5-烯-2,3-二曱醯亞胺、N-{2-(2-羥基乙氧基)乙基丨_甲基 烯丙基二環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二曱醯亞胺、n_{2_(2,基乙 氧基)乙基}-甲基婦丙基甲基二環P.2.1]庚-5·烯_2,3-二甲 〇 酿亞胺、N-P-d經基乙氧基)乙氧基}乙基]_稀丙基二環 [2.2.1]庚-5-稀-2,3-二甲酿亞胺、1^-[2-{2-(2-經基乙氧基)乙 氧基}乙基]-烯丙基(曱基)二環[2.2.1]庚-5-稀-2,3-二甲醢亞 胺、N-[2-{2-(2·經基乙氧基)乙氧基}乙基]_曱基烯丙基二環 P.2.1]庚-5-稀-2,3-二甲醯亞胺、Ν-{4-(4·經基苯基異亞丙基) 本基}-稀丙基一壤[2.2.1]庚-5-稀-2,3-二曱酿亞胺、Ν-{4-(4._ 羥基苯基異亞丙基)苯基[稀丙基(甲基)二環[2 2 1:)庚_5一婦 -2,3-二甲醯亞胺、Ν-{4-(4-羥基苯基異亞丙基)苯基卜甲基 0 稀丙基二環[2.2.1]庚-5-浠-2,3-二甲酿亞胺,以及這些化合 物的低聚物(oligomer )、 N,N’-亞乙基-雙(烯丙基二環[221]庚_5-烯_2,3_二甲醯 亞胺)、N,N’-亞乙基-雙(稀丙基甲基二環[2 2巧庚_5_稀_2,3_ 二甲醯亞胺)、N,N’-亞乙基-雙(甲基烯丙基二環[2 21]庚_5_ 烯-2,3-二甲醯亞胺)、N,N’-三亞甲基·雙(烯丙基二環[2 2」] 庚_5-烯-2,3-二甲醯亞胺)、N,N’_六亞甲基-雙(烯丙基二環 P.2.1]庚-5-婦-2,3-二甲醯亞胺)、N,N,·六亞甲基雙(婦丙基 74 200930760 甲基一環[2·2.1]庚_5_烯_2,3_二甲酿亞胺)、_,_十二亞甲基 -雙(烯丙基二環[2.2.1]庚-5-蝉-2,3-二甲酿亞胺)、N,N,-十二 亞甲基-雙(烯丙基甲基二環[2 2庚·5_稀_2,3·二甲酿亞 胺)、N,N,_亞環己基·雙(稀丙基二環[2.2.1]庚-5-稀-2,3-二甲 酿亞胺)、N,N’-亞環己基.雙(稀丙基甲基二環[2 2 稀 -2,3-二甲醯亞胺)、 _ U-雙{3’-(稀丙基二環ρ.2.1]庚_5_烯_2,3二Τ酿亞胺) 〇 丙氧基}乙烧、I2-雙(3’_(烯丙基甲基二環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯 -2,3-二甲醯亞胺)丙氧基}乙烷、匕孓雙卩,_(甲基烯丙基二環 [2.2.1] 庚-5-烯·2,3-二甲醯亞胺)丙氧基}乙烷、雙ρ,_{3,_(烯 丙基二環[2.2.1]庚-5·烯-2,3-二甲醢亞胺)丙氧基}乙基] 越、雙[2,-{3,-(烯丙基甲基三環[2.2.lm_5烯_2,3_二甲酿亞 胺)丙氧基}乙基]醚、1,4-雙{3,-(烯丙基二環[2.2巧庚^·烯 _2,3-二曱醯亞胺)丙氧基}丁烷、1>4_雙(烯丙基曱基二環 [2.2.1] 庚_5_烯_2,3_二甲醯亞胺)丙氧基}丁烷、 N,N'_對亞苯基-雙(烯丙基二環P.2.1]庚-5-烯-2 3-二曱 W 釀亞胺)、n,n,-對亞苯基-雙(烯丙基曱基二環[221]庚_5•烯 _2,3-二曱醯亞胺)、N,N’_間亞苯基_雙(烯丙基二環[2 2。庚 -5-締-2,3-二曱醯亞胺)、Ν,Ν·-間亞苯基_雙(烯丙基曱基二環 [2·2·1]庚-5-烯-2,3·二曱醯亞胺)、Ν,Ν,-{(1-甲基>2,二亞 ^ 基雙(稀丙基二環[2.2.1]庚·5-烯_2,3_二甲醯亞胺)’、νν,_ 對亞二甲苯基-雙(烯丙基二環[2.2.1]庚-5-稀_2,3_二甲酿亞 胺)、ν,ν,-對亞二曱苯基-雙(烯丙基曱基二環[2’21]庚_5 义3-二甲醯亞胺)、N,Nl間亞二曱苯基_雙(烯丙基二環 75 200930760 [2.2.1]庚-5·烯·2,3_二甲酿亞胺)、取,姻二甲苯基-雙(稀 丙基甲基二環[2.2.1]庚士稀办二甲酿亞胺)、 Λ2·雙普(烯丙基二環[2·2.1]庚_5·稀·2,3·二甲醯亞 胺)本乳基}苯基]丙炫、2,2_雙[Μ4谓丙基甲基二環[2.2巧 庚-5-烯-2,3-二甲醯亞胺)苯氧基}苯基]丙⑨、2,2_雙 甲基稀丙基二環[2.21]庚.5养2,3_二甲酿亞胺)苯 氧基}本基]丙烧、雙{4-(稀丙基二環[2 2狀士稀❹二甲 〇 Ο 醯亞胺)苯基}甲烧、雙{4侦丙基甲基工環似」]庚 -2,3-二甲醯亞胺)苯基}甲烷、 雙{4-(甲基烯丙基二環[2.21]庚_5鲁2,3_二甲酿亞 苯基}甲⑥、雙{4_(甲基稀丙基甲基二環[2 21]庚_5·稀_2,3_ 二甲醯亞胺)苯基}甲燒、雙 2,3-二甲酿亞胺)苯基}_、雙…(烯丙基甲基二環似项 -5-烯-2,3-二甲醯亞胺)苯基}越、雙{4_(甲基_丙基二環 [2.2.1]庚-5-稀-2,3-二甲酿亞胺)苯基}醚、雙{4_(烯丙基二環 [=1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二甲醯亞胺)苯基}礙、雙{4_(婦丙基甲基 一%[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二曱酿亞胺)苯基)硬、 #雙{4-(甲基烯丙基二環[2.2.lm_5烯_2,3_二甲醯亞胺) 苯基}颯、1,6-雙(烯丙基二環[2 21]庚_5>_烯_2,3_二甲醯亞 胺)_3-經基己烧、1,12·雙(甲基烯丙基二環[2 2 ^庚·5·稀 -2,3-二甲醯亞胺)_3,6_二羥基十二烷、-雙(烯丙基二環 P.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二甲醯亞胺)_5_羥基環己烷、y-雙 P·-(烯丙基二環ρ·2.1]庚_5_烯_2,3_二曱醯亞胺)丙氧基卜孓 羥基戊烷、ι,4-雙(烯丙基二環p2丨]庚_5_烯_2,3_二甲醯亞 76 200930760 胺)-2-羥基苯、 胺)ί基J基二環[2.2.1]庚-5普2,3-二甲酿亞 二5^^ 甲苯基-雙(烯丙基甲美、取,-對倾基)亞二 N N,彻:二甲基環[Ζ2·1]庚-5-烯43-二甲醯亞胺)、 -Μ '二^甲苯基.雙(稀丙基二環陶]庚I埽 =-甲亞胺)、Ν,Ν,|⑽基)亞二甲苯基·雙(甲基二 亞^亞-甲本基-靖丙基二即2 im_5务U•巧酿 2,2·雙[4_{4_(稀丙基二環[221]庚 3二ί其ί甲酿亞胺>2,基-苯基}甲燒、雙 基冰、酿亞胺>4姻_苯 :?{3_(甲基烯丙基二環[221]庚_5,2,3_二 經基-苯基}石風、Μ,1·三{4_(晞丙基甲基二環[2 2 11庚 -5.2,3-二甲酿亞胺)}苯氧基甲基城、Ν,Ν,,Ν,· 基烯丙基项2.2.·,5-烯,2,3_二甲酿亞胺}異(氣尿 &酯,以及這些的低聚物等。 、 另外,本發明所使用的烯基取代納迪克醯亞胺化合物 也可以是不對_含有魏基、絲基的下述結 & 不的化合物。 77 200930760Q soil ethyl), propyl bicyclo [2 21] g · 5 _ _2, 3 dimethyl hydrazide = yl ethyl) allyl (methyl) bicyclo [2 2 ^ _ 5_m == = base (10) A scales shout: ring _ (four) N-(2,2_dimethyl_3_ propyl propyl) _ propyl propyl ring [such as] heptylamine H propylene _) keji bicyclo [2.2 .1] Geng_5 marriage, 3-dimethyl ring W-based (methyl) bicyclo-g, transphenyl) dipropyl bicyclo [2.2.1] hept-5-ene_2,3 -Metformin H-phenyl)- propyl (?)-bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane--2,3-discriminate 2, N<4-hydroxyphenyl)-methylallyl Bicyclo[2.2.1]g _5_ ring [2.2. ed. 2,3-dicarboxylic acid imine, post-经:=: 73 200930760 (methyl)bicyclic P.2.1]hept-5-ene- 2,3-dimethylimine, N-(p-branched)-dilylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-lean-2,3-dimethylimine, trans-ethoxy Ethyl}-allyl bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dimethylanimine, N-{2-(2-hydroxyethoxy)ethyl}-ene Propyl (indenyl)bicyclo[2 2 ^hept-5-ene-2,3-diindoleimine, N-{2-(2-hydroxyethoxy)ethyl hydrazine-methylallyl Bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-diindoleimine, n_{2_(2,ylethoxy)ethyl}-methylpropylpropylmethylbicyclic P.2.1 ]Geng-5· Alkene 2,3-dimethyl hydrazine, imine, NPd ethoxylated) ethoxy}ethyl]-dilylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-rare-2,3-dimethyl Imineimine, 1^-[2-{2-(2-carbylethoxy)ethoxy}ethyl]-allyl (indenyl)bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-rare- 2,3-dimethylimine imine, N-[2-{2-(2·transethoxyethoxy)ethoxy}ethyl]-mercaptopropyl bicyclic P.2.1]g-5- Rare-2,3-dimethylimine, Ν-{4-(4·p-phenylphenylisopropylidene) benzyl}-dilute-soil [2.2.1]g-5-slung-2 , 3-di-branched imine, Ν-{4-(4._hydroxyphenylisopropylidene) phenyl [dilyl (methyl) bicyclo [2 2 1:) g _5 a woman - 2,3-dimethylimine, Ν-{4-(4-hydroxyphenylisopropylidene)phenylmmethyl 0 propylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-浠-2,3- Dimethylimine, and oligomers (oligomer) of these compounds, N,N'-ethylene-bis(allylbicyclo[221]hept-5-ene-2,3-dimethylhydrazine Amine, N,N'-ethylidene-bis(dilylmethylbicyclo[2 2 ge _5_dil _2,3-dimethylanilide], N,N'-ethylidene- Bis(methylallylbicyclo[2 21]hept-5-ene-2,3-carboximine), N,N'-trimethylene·bis(ene) Bicyclo[2 2"]hept-5-ene-2,3-dimethylimine), N,N'_hexamethylene-bis(allylbicyclo-P.2.1]hept-5- Women-2,3-dimethylimine), N,N,·hexamethylene double (propyl propyl 74 200930760 methyl one ring [2·2.1] hept_5_ene_2,3_dimethyl Imine), _,_dodecamethylene-bis(allylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-oxime-2,3-dimethylenimine), N,N,-dtsubsia Methyl-bis(allylmethylbicyclo[2 2 hept·5_diluted_2,3·diennimine), N,N,_cyclohexylene·bis(dipropylbicyclo[2.2 .1]hept-5-rare-2,3-dimethylenimine), N,N'-cyclohexylene. bis(dilylmethylbicyclo[2 2 dilute-2,3-dimethylhydrazine Imine), _ U-double {3'-(dipropylbicyclo ρ.2.1]hepta-5-ene-2,3 diterpene imine) 〇propoxy}Ethylene, I2-double (3 '_(allylmethylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dimethylimine)propoxy}ethane, hydrazine, _(methallyl) Bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene·2,3-dimethylimine imine)propoxy}ethane, double ρ, _{3,_(allylbicyclo[2.2.1]g -5·ene-2,3-dimethylimine imine)propoxy}ethyl] bis, bis[2,-{3,-(allylmethyltricyclo[ 2.2.lm_5ene_2,3-dimethylanilinium)propoxy}ethyl]ether, 1,4-double {3,-(allylbicyclo[2.2 qiao ng ^ ene_2,3 - Diimine imine) propoxy}butane, 1>4_bis(allyl-decylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dimethylanilide)propoxy Butane, N, N'_p-phenylene-bis(allylbicyclo-P.2.1]hept-5-ene-2 3-di-W-diamine), n, n,--- Phenyl-bis(allyl-decylbicyclo[221]hept-5-ene-2,3-diimineimine), N,N'-m-phenylene-bis(allylbicyclo[ twenty two. Gh-5-cono-2,3-diimineimine), hydrazine, hydrazine--m-phenylene-bis(allyl-decylbicyclo[2·2·1]hept-5-ene-2 , 3· diimine imine), hydrazine, hydrazine, -{(1-methyl>2, diphenylene bis(dipropylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene_2,3 _ dimethyl quinone imine) ', νν, _ p-xylylene-bis (allyl bicyclo [2.2.1] hept-5-diluted _2, 3- dimethylanimine), ν, ν ,-p-p-phenylene-bis(allyl-decylbicyclo[2'21]hept-5-dimethylanilide), N,Nl meta-diphenylene-bis(allyl Base two rings 75 200930760 [2.2.1] hept-5·ene·2,3-dimethylanimine), taken, xylylene-bis(dilylpropyl bicyclo[2.2.1]g Rarely, dimethyl iodide), Λ2·shuangpu (allyl bicyclo [2·2.1] g _5 · dilute · 2,3 · dimethyl quinone imine) this milk base} phenyl] propyl, 2,2_double [Μ4 propyl methyl bicyclo [2.2 qiaoh-5-ene-2,3-dimethyl quinone imine) phenoxy} phenyl] propane 9, 2, 2 bis methyl Dilyl propyl bicyclo [2.21] ng. 5 nucleus 2,3 dimethyl anilide) phenoxy} benzyl] propane, double {4-(dilylbicyclo[2 2 〇Ο 〇Ο 胺 imine) phenyl} methyl, double {4 propyl methyl ring Geng-2,3-dimethylimine imine)phenyl}methane, double {4-(methylallylbicyclo[2.21]g-5 ru 2,3-dimethyl phenylene}methyl 6 , double {4_(methyl-dipylmethylbicyclo[2 21]hepta-5, dilute _2,3-dimethylimine) phenyl}metholone, bis 2,3-dimethylanimine) Phenyl}_, bis... (allylmethylbicyclic-like-5-ene-2,3-dimethylimine) phenyl}, more, double {4_(methyl-propyl bicyclo [2.2 .1]Hept-5-rare-2,3-dimethylanimine)phenyl}ether, bis{4_(allylbicyclo[=1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dimethylhydrazine Imine)phenyl), double {4_(propyl propylmethyl-%[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-diindoleimine)phenyl)hard, #双{4- (Methylallyl bicyclo [2.2.lm_5-ene-2,3-dimethylimine) phenyl} fluorene, 1,6-bis(allyl bicyclo[2 21]hept-5]-ene _2,3_dimethylimine imine)_3-pyrrolidone, 1,12·bis (methallylbicyclo[2 2 ^hept-5·lean-2,3-dimethylimine] )_3,6-dihydroxydodecane,-bis(allylbicycloP.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dimethylimine imine)_5-hydroxycyclohexane, y-double P ·-(allyl bicyclo ρ·2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3_diimide imine) propoxydihydroxy pentane, ι,4-bis (ene) Base bicyclic p2丨]hept-5_ene_2,3_dimethylhydrazine 76 200930760 Amine)-2-hydroxybenzene, amine) yl J-bicyclo[2.2.1]g-5- 2,3 - dimethyl yam 2 5 ^ ^ tolyl - bis (allyl methine, take, - p-dip) sub-two NN, complete: dimethyl ring [Ζ 2 · 1] hept-5-ene 43- two Mercaptoimine), -Μ 'di-tolyl. bis(dipropylbicyclic)heptyl I 埽=-methylimine), hydrazine, hydrazine, |(10)yl) xylylene bis(methyl)二亚^亚-甲本基-jing propyl 2 ie 2 im_5wu U• skill brew 2,2·double [4_{4_(dipropyl bicyclo [221] g 3 2 ί ί 甲 & & > 2, phenyl-phenyl}methyst, double base ice, brewed imine > 4 marriage _ benzene: ? {3_(methallyl bicyclo [221] g _ 5, 2, 3 _ di -phenyl} stone wind, hydrazine, 1·3 {4_(晞propylmethylbicyclo[2 2 11-glycol-5.2,3-dimethylanimine]}phenoxymethyl, Ν, Ν, , Ν, · allyl-propyl term 2.2., 5-ene, 2,3-dimethylenimine}iso (air urethane & ester, and oligomers of these, and the like. Further, the alkenyl-substituted nadicylimine compound used in the present invention may be a compound which does not have a carbaryl group or a silk group. 77 200930760

以下列舉所述烯基取代納迪克醯亞胺化合物中優選的 化合物。 Ν,Ν’-亞乙基-雙(烯丙基二環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3·二甲醯 0 亞胺)、Ν,Ν’-亞乙基-雙(烯丙基曱基二環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3- 二甲醯亞胺)、Ν,Ν’-亞乙基-雙(甲基烯丙基二環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二曱醯亞胺)、Ν,Ν’-三亞甲基-雙(烯丙基二環[2.2.1] 庚-5_烯-2,3-二甲醯亞胺)、Ν,Ν'·六亞曱基-雙(烯丙基二環 [2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3·二曱醯亞胺)、Ν,Ν'-六亞曱基-雙(烯丙基 甲基二環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二甲醯亞胺)、Ν,Ν'-十二亞甲基 -雙(烯丙基二環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二甲醯亞胺)、Ν,Ν’-十二 亞甲基-雙(烯丙基曱基二環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3_二甲醯亞 78 200930760 胺)、ν,ν·-亞環己基-雙(烯丙基二環[2.2 ^庚^稀心 醯亞胺)、N,N'-亞環己基-雙(烯丙基曱基二環 廢了: -2,3-二甲醯亞胺)、 .J厌-烯 Ν,Ν’-對亞苯基-雙(烯丙基二環[2 21]庚·5_烯_2 3_ 酿亞胺)、Ν,Ν,-對亞苯基·雙(烯丙基甲基二環[2 2丨]庚;^ ·2,3-二甲酿亞胺)、耶,-間亞苯基,(焊丙基二卯 ^ -5-烯-2,3-二甲醯亞胺)、ν,Ν,·間亞苯基-雙(烯丙基曱基二 Ρ·2.1]庚_5-烯_2,3_二曱醯亞胺)、Ν,Ν,-{(1_曱基)_2,4_亞笨 ^ 基}-雙(婦丙基二環[2·2.1]庚烯_2,3-二甲醯亞胺)’、_’ 對亞二甲苯基-雙⑽丙基工卯训庚-5聲2,3•二甲酿亞 胺)、Ν,Ν’-對亞二甲苯基-雙(烯丙基曱基二環[221]庚_5_烯 -2,3·二甲醯亞胺)、Ν,Ν,_間亞二曱苯基雙(烯丙基二環 Ρ.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3·二甲酿亞胺)、Ν,Ν,間亞二甲苯基雙(稀 丙基甲基二環ρ.2· η庚_5_烯_2,3_二曱醢亞胺)、2,2_雙 [4_{4_(稀丙基二環[2.21]庚_5_烯_2,3_二甲酿亞胺)苯氧基} 苯基]丙烷、2,2雙[4-{4-(烯丙基曱基二環[221]庚_5婦 〇 _2,3_二甲醯亞胺)苯氧基}苯基]丙院、2,2-雙[4-{4-(曱基烯 丙基二環Ρ.2.1]庚-5-烯·2,3-二甲醯亞胺)苯氧基}苯基]丙 烷、雙{4·(稀丙基二環[2.2.1]庚_5_稀_2,3_二甲醯亞胺)苯基} 曱院、雙{4-(稀丙基曱基二環[221]庚_5_稀办二甲聽亞 胺)苯基}曱烷、 雙{4-(甲基烯丙基二環[2·2·η庚_5_稀-2,3-二f酿亞胺) 苯基}甲烧、雙{4·(甲基稀丙基甲基二環[2 2巧庚J鲁2,3_ 二曱醯亞胺)苯基}甲烷、雙{4_(烯丙基二環[2 21]庚_5_烯 79 200930760 _2,3·二甲醯亞胺)笨基、㈣_(稀丙基甲基二環[2.2.1]庚 5|2,3-二甲酿亞胺)苯基}謎、雙{4_(曱基烯丙基二環 [2.2.1] 庚-5-烯-2,3-二甲酿亞胺)苯基}趟、雙{4_(烯丙基二環 [2.2^]庚-5-稀-2,3-二甲酿亞胺)苯基}石風、雙{4_(烯丙基甲基 二環[2.2·1]庚烯_2,3_二甲醯亞胺)苯基}硬、雙㈣甲基烯 丙基二環[2.2.1]庚Κ2,3-二甲醯亞胺)苯基}硬。 以下列舉更優選的稀基取代納迪克酿亞胺化合物。 Ν’Ν'_亞乙基·雙(烯丙基二環[2.2.1]庚·5^_2,3_二甲釀 ^ 亞胺)、Ν,亞乙基-雙(烯丙基曱基二環[2.2.1]庚_5_稀_2,3_ 二甲醯亞胺)、Ν,Ν,-亞[基-雙(甲基烯丙基二環[2 21]庚冰 烯-2,3-二曱醯亞胺)、Ν,Ν,_三亞曱基_雙(烯丙基二環[2二巧 庚-5-烯-2,3-二曱醯亞胺)、Ν,Ν,_六亞曱基-雙(烯丙基二·環 [2.2.1] 庚-5-烯-2,3-二甲醯亞胺)、ν,Ν'-六亞曱基_雙(烯丙基 甲基二環[2.2.1]庚-5-稀-2,3-二甲醯亞胺)、风]^’-十二亞甲義 -雙(稀丙基二環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二甲醯亞胺)、ΝΝ,_十二 亞曱基-雙(烯丙基甲基二環卩.2.1]庚_5_烯_2,3_二;曱醯^ 0 胺)、Ν,Ν’_亞環己基-雙(烯丙基二環[2.2.1]庚_5_埽_2,3_二甲 酸亞胺)、Ν,Ν’-亞環己基-雙(稀丙基曱基二環[2 庚 ·2,3-二甲醯亞胺)、 Ν,Ν’-對亞苯基-雙(烯丙基二環烯·2,3-二 醯亞胺)、Ν,Ν,-對亞苯基-雙(烯丙基甲基二環[221]庚_1烯 -2,3-二曱醯亞胺)、Ν,Ν,_間亞苯基·雙(烯丙基二環ρ2ι]庚 -5-烯-2,3-二甲醯亞胺)、ν,Ν’-間亞苯基_雙(婦丙基曱基二環 [2.2.1] 庚-5-烯-2,3-二甲醯亞胺)、ν,Ν’-{(1_ 甲基)_2,4_亞笨 200930760 基}-雙(烯丙基二環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二甲酿亞胺)、Ν Ν,_ 對亞二甲苯基·雙(稀丙基工卯训庚·5,^ ^ 胺)、Ν,Ν,-對亞二甲苯基-雙(稀丙基甲基二環[2 2..5-婦 -2,3-二甲醯亞胺)、Ν,Ν,-間亞二甲苯基_雙(烯丙美二環 [2.2.1]庚-5-稀-2,3-二甲酿亞胺)、Ν,Ν,_間亞二甲苯基^ 丙基甲基二環[2.2.1]庚·5-烯-2,3-二甲醒亞胺)、 ❹Preferred compounds among the alkenyl substituted nadic quinone imine compounds are listed below. Ν,Ν'-Ethylene-bis(allylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3.dimethylhydrazine 0 imine), hydrazine, Ν'-ethylene-bis ( Allyl decylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dimethylimine), hydrazine, Ν'-ethylene-bis(methylallylbicyclo[2.2. 1]hept-5-ene-2,3-diimineimine), hydrazine, Ν'-trimethylene-bis(allylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3- Dimethyl imine), hydrazine, Ν'·hexamethylene-bis(allylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3·diimide), hydrazine, Ν' -hexa-indenyl-bis(allylmethylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-carboximine), hydrazine, Ν'-docamethylene-double ( Allyl bicyclo [2.2.1] hept-5-ene-2,3-dimethylimine), hydrazine, Ν'-docamethylene-bis(allylhydrazylbicyclo[2.2. 1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dimethylhydrazide 78 200930760 Amine), ν, ν·-cyclohexylene-bis(allyl bicyclo[2.2 ^heptene], N , N'-cyclohexylene-bis (allyl fluorenyl bicyclic waste: -2,3-dimethylimine), .J ana-ene fluorene, Ν'-p-phenylene-bis(ene) Propylbicyclo[2 21]hept-5-ene_2 3_animine), hydrazine, hydrazine, p-phenylene bis(allylmethyl) Ring [2 2丨]g; ^ · 2,3-dimethylenimine), yttrium, -m-phenylene, (weld propyl bismuth^-5-ene-2,3-dimethylimine) ), ν, Ν, · m-phenylene-bis(allylhydryl hydrazide·2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3_diimine), hydrazine, hydrazine, -{(1_曱基)_2,4_亚笨^基}-bis (propyl propyl bicyclo [2·2.1]heptene 2,3-dimethyl quinone imine) ', _' p-xylylene-bis (10) Propyl work 卯geng-5 sound 2,3•dimethyl imipenem), hydrazine, Ν'-p-xylylene-bis(allyl-decylbicyclo[221]hept-5-ene-2 , 3·dimethylimine imine), hydrazine, hydrazine, _ m-diphenylene bis(allylbicycloindole 2.6]hept-5-ene-2,3·dimethylanimine), hydrazine , Ν, m-xylylene bis(dipylmethylbicyclo ρ.2· ηg _5_ene_2,3_diimide), 2,2_double [4_{4_(lean Propylbicyclo[2.21]hept-5-ene-2,3-dimethylenimine)phenoxy}phenyl]propane, 2,2 bis[4-{4-(allylhydrylbicyclic) [221] Geng _5 〇 〇 _2, 3 _ dimethyl imidate imine) phenoxy} phenyl] propyl, 2, 2- bis [4-{4- (decylallyl bicyclo fluorene. 2.1]hept-5-ene·2,3-dimethylimine imine)phenoxy}phenyl]propane, double {4·(dipropyl bicyclic) [2.2.1] Geng _5_ dilute _2,3_dimethyl quinone imine) phenyl} brothel, double {4-(l-propyl decyl bicyclo [221] g _5 _ _ _ _ Listen to imine) phenyl} decane, double {4-(methylallyl bicyclo[2·2·ηh_5_lean-2,3-di-f-imine) phenyl}-methyl, Double {4·(methyl propyl propyl bicyclo [2 2 qiao GJ 2,3 bis quinone imine) phenyl} methane, double {4_(allyl bicyclo [2 21] g _ 5_ene 79 200930760 _2,3·dimethylimine) stupid, (tetra) _ (dilylmethyl bicyclo [2.2.1] hept 5|2,3-dimethylenimine) phenyl} mystery, Double {4_(decylallylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dimethylenimine)phenyl}indole, double {4_(allylbicyclo[2.2^] Geng-5-rare-2,3-dimethylanimine)phenyl} stone wind, double {4_(allylmethylbicyclo[2.2.1]heptene_2,3-dimethylimine Phenyl}hard, bis(tetra)methylallylbicyclo[2.2.1]glycol 2,3-dimethylimine)phenyl}hard. More preferred dilute-substituted Nadicki-imine compounds are listed below. Ν'Ν'_Ethylene·bis(allyl bicyclo[2.2.1]g·5^_2,3—dimethylene]imine, anthracene, ethylene-bis(allyl fluorenyl) Bicyclo[2.2.1]g _5_diluted_2,3_dimethylimine imine), hydrazine, hydrazine, - sub-[yl-bis(methylallylbicyclo[2 21]heptene-2 , 3-diimine imine), hydrazine, hydrazine, _trimethylene hydrazine _ bis (allyl bicyclo [2 bis hep-5-ene-2,3-diimine), hydrazine, hydrazine , _ hexa-indenyl-bis(allyldi-cyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-carboximine), ν,Ν'-hexamethylene] bis(ene Propylmethylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-rare-2,3-dimethylimine), wind]^'-twwthylene-bis(dipropylbicyclo[2.2.1 ]hept-5-ene-2,3-dimethylimine imine), hydrazine, _12-fluorenyl-bis(allylmethylbicycloindole.2.1)g-5-ene-2,3_曱醯^ 0 amine, Ν, Ν '_cyclohexylene-bis (allyl bicyclo [2.2.1] g _5_埽_2, 3 bis diimide imine), Ν, Ν ' - cyclohexylene-bis (l-propyl decylbicyclo[2 gh. 2,3-dimethyl quinone imine), hydrazine, Ν'-p-phenylene-bis(allyldicycloalkenene-2, 3-diimineimine), hydrazine, hydrazine, p-phenylene-bis(allylmethylbicyclo[221] 1-1ene-2,3-diimineimine), hydrazine, hydrazine, _m-phenylene bis(allylbicyclo ρ2ι)hept-5-ene-2,3-dimethylimine), ν,Ν'-m-phenylene_bis(f-propyl fluorenylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-carboximine), ν,Ν'-{(1_甲甲Base)_2,4_亚笨200930760 基}-bis(allylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dimethylenimine), Ν Ν, _ p-xylylene ·Double (dilute propyl work, Geng 5, ^ ^ amine), hydrazine, hydrazine, - p-xylylene-bis (l-propylmethylbicyclo[2 2..5-female-2,3 - dimethyl quinone imine), hydrazine, hydrazine, m-xylylene _ bis ( allymethylene ring [2.2.1] hept-5-thin-2,3-dimethyl ruthenium), hydrazine, Ν, _ m-xylylene propyl propyl bicyclo [2.2.1] hept·5-ene-2,3-dimethyl carbamide), hydrazine

二义雙卜㈣埽丙基二環似巧庚士婦^^二甲酿亞 胺)本氧基}本基]丙烧、2,2-雙[4-{4_(婦丙基甲基二環[2 2 1] 庚-5·烯_2,3-二甲醯亞胺)苯氧基}苯基]丙^、2,2_雙 [4 {4-(甲基晞丙基一環[2.2.1]庚-5-稀-2,3-二甲醯亞胺)笨 氧基}苯基]丙烷、雙{4-(烯丙基二環ρ.2.1]庚_5_烯_2,3_二甲 醯亞胺)苯基}甲烷、雙{4_(烯丙基甲基二環pj丨]庚_5_烯 _2,3-二甲酿亞胺)苯基}甲烷、雙卜(甲基烯丙基二環[2 21] 庚-5-烯-2,3_二甲醯亞胺)苯基}甲烷、雙{4·(甲基烯丙基甲 基二環[2·2·1]庚-5-烯_2,3_二曱醢亞胺)笨基}子烷。 並且’特別優選的稀基取代納迪克醯亞胺化合物可以 列舉如下所示的結構式(Ina-Ι)所表示的雙{4-(烯丙基二 環[2.2.1]庚_5_烯_2,3_二曱醯亞胺)苯基}甲烷、結構式 (Ina-2)所表示的n,Ν’-間亞二甲苯基-雙(烯丙基二環 Ρ.2.1]庚-5-稀-2,3-二曱醯亞胺)、及以結構式(Ina_3)所表 示的N,N,_六亞甲基-雙(烯丙基二環[2·2· 1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二甲 醯亞胺)。 200930760二义双卜(四)埽propyl bicyclo-like Qiao Gengshi^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ Ring [2 2 1]hept-5-ene-2,3-carboximine)phenoxy}phenyl]propyl^, 2,2_bis[4 {4-(methyl晞propyl-cyclo[ 2.2.1] hept-5-rare-2,3-dimethylimine imine) phenyloxy}phenyl]propane, bis{4-(allylbicyclo ρ.2.1]hept-5-ene_2 , 3_dimethylimine imine) phenyl}methane, bis{4_(allylmethylbicyclopj丨)hept-5-ene-2,3-dimethylenimine)phenyl}methane, double (Methylallyl bicyclo[2 21]hept-5-ene-2,3-dimethylimine)phenyl}methane, bis{4·(methylallylmethylbicyclo[2 ·1·1]hept-5-ene-2,3_diimineimine) stupid}}. And a particularly preferred dilute-substituted nadic ylidene compound may be exemplified by the following formula (Ina-Ι): bis{4-(allylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene _2,3_diimine)phenyl}methane, n,Ν'-m-xylylene-bis(allylbicycloindole.2.1)g, represented by the formula (Ina-2) 5-sweet-2,3-diimineimine), and N,N,_hexamethylene-bis(allylbicyclo[2·2·1]g, represented by the structural formula (Ina_3) -5-ene-2,3-dimethylimine). 200930760

另外,例如就使液晶顯示元件的電特性 點而言,本發明的液晶配向劑也可以進—步觀 基聚合性不飽和雙鍵的化合物。所述具有 ^自由 ❹ 飽和雙鍵的化合物可以採用—種化合物,也可 或者兩種以上的化合物。此外,所述具有自由 飽和雙_化合财,不包括麟職取代崎克 化合物。就所述觀點而言,所述具有自由基聚合性不飽和 雙鍵的化合物的含量,以相對於聚醯胺酸或者其衍生物的 重量比計,優選0.01〜1.00,更加優選001〜〇7〇,進一 步優選爲0.01〜0.50。 另外’就降低液晶顯不元件的離子密度、抑制離子密 度隨時間增大、並且抑制殘像的觀點而言,具有自由基聚 合性不飽和雙鍵的化合物相對於烯基取代納迪克醯亞胺化 合物的比率’以重量比計,優選⑴丨〜⑺,更加優選〇.5〜 所述具有自由基聚合性不飽和雙鍵的化合物可以列舉 82 200930760 (曱基)丙烯酸醋、(甲基)丙稀醯胺等(甲基)丙烯酸衍生物, 以及雙馬來醯亞胺(bismaleimide)。所述具有自由基聚合 性不飽和雙鍵的化合物更加優選具有兩個以上的自由基^ 合性不飽和雙鍵的(甲基)丙烯酸衍生物。 (曱基)丙烯酸酯的具體例,例如可以列舉:(甲基)丙烯 酸環己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-2-甲基環己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二 環戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊氧基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異冰 片酯(is〇b〇rnyl (meth)acrylate)、(曱基)丙烯酸苯酯、(甲基) 丙烯酸苄酯、(甲基)丙烯酸_2_羥基乙酯以及(曱基)丙烯酸 -2-羥基丙酯。 雙官能(曱基)丙烯酸酯的具體例,例如可以列舉:雙 丙烯酸乙二酯,東亞合成化學工業股份有限公司的産品 ARONIX M-210、ARONIX M-240 和 ARONIX M-6200,日 本化藥股份有限公司的産品KAYARAD HDDA、 KAYARAD HX-220、KAYARAD R-604 和 KAYARAD R-684 ’大阪有機化學工業股份有限公司的産品V260、 〇 V312和V335HP,以及共榮社油脂化學工業股份有限公司 的産品 Light Acrylate BA-4EA、Light Acrylate BP-4PA 和 Light Acrylate BP-2PA 〇Further, for example, in terms of electrical characteristics of the liquid crystal display element, the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention can also be a compound which further polymerizes the unsaturated double bond. The compound having a ^ free 饱和 saturated double bond may be used as a compound or two or more compounds. In addition, the said has a free-saturated double-combination, and does not include a substitute for a satin compound. In view of the above, the content of the compound having a radical polymerizable unsaturated double bond is preferably 0.01 to 1.00, more preferably 001 to 〇7, based on the weight ratio of the polyglycine or a derivative thereof. Further, it is more preferably 0.01 to 0.50. In addition, from the viewpoint of reducing the ion density of the liquid crystal display element, suppressing the increase of the ion density with time, and suppressing the afterimage, the compound having a radical polymerizable unsaturated double bond is substituted with the alkenyl group to the nadic pyrimine. The ratio of the compound ' is preferably (1) 丨 to (7), more preferably 〇. 5 to the weight ratio, and the compound having a radical polymerizable unsaturated double bond can be exemplified by 82 200930760 (mercapto) acryl vinegar, (meth) propyl (meth)acrylic acid derivatives such as dilute amines, and bismaleimide. The compound having a radical polymerizable unsaturated double bond is more preferably a (meth)acrylic acid derivative having two or more radically unsaturated double bonds. Specific examples of the (fluorenyl) acrylate include, for example, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, 2-methylcyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, dicyclopentanyl (meth)acrylate, and (methyl) Dicyclopentyloxyethyl acrylate, is〇b〇rnyl (meth)acrylate, phenyl (meth) acrylate, benzyl (meth) acrylate, (methyl) 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate and 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate. Specific examples of the difunctional (fluorenyl) acrylate include, for example, ethylene diacrylate, products of East Asian Synthetic Chemical Co., Ltd., ARONIX M-210, ARONIX M-240, and ARONIX M-6200, Nippon Chemical Co., Ltd. Products of the company KAYARAD HDDA, KAYARAD HX-220, KAYARAD R-604 and KAYARAD R-684 'products of Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. V260, 〇V312 and V335HP, and products of Kyoeisha Oil Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. Light Acrylate BA-4EA, Light Acrylate BP-4PA and Light Acrylate BP-2PA 〇

三官能以上的多官能(曱基)丙烯酸酯的具體例,例如 可以列舉:4,养亞曱基雙(N,N-二羥基丙烯酸乙二酯基苯 胺)、ARONIX M-400、ARONIX M-405、ARONIX M-450、 ARONIX M-7100、ARONIX M-8030、ARONIX M-8060、 KAYARAD TMPTA、KAYARAD DPCA-20、KAYARAD 83 200930760 DPCA-30 > KAYARAD DPCA-60 > KAYARAD DPCA-120 > 以及大阪有機化學工業股份有限公司的產品VGPT。 (甲基)丙烯醯胺衍生物的具體例,例如可以列舉:N_ 異丙基丙稀酿胺’ N-異丙基甲基丙稀酿胺、正丙基丙稀 醯胺、N-正丙基甲基丙烯醯胺、N-環丙基丙烯醯胺、N_環 丙基曱基丙烯醯胺、N-乙氧基乙基丙烯醯胺、N-乙氧基乙 基曱基丙烯醯胺、N-四氫糠基丙婦醯胺 (N-tetrahydrofurfuryl acrylamide)、N-四氫糠基曱基丙烯 ® 醯胺、N-乙基丙稀醯胺、N-乙基甲基丙稀酿胺、n,N_ 二乙基丙稀醯胺、N-曱基-N-正丙基丙烯酿胺、N-曱基-N-異丙基丙稀醯胺、N-丙稀酿基吸咬(N-acryloyl piperidine)、N-丙烯醯基吡咯烧(N-acryl〇yl pyrrolidine)、 N,N'-亞甲基雙丙烯醯胺、N,N’-亞乙基雙丙稀醢胺、n,N,-二羥基亞乙基雙丙烯醯胺、N-(4-羥基苯基)甲基丙烯醯 胺、N-苯基曱基丙稀醯胺、N-丁基甲基丙烯醯胺、(異丁 氧基甲基)曱基丙烯醯胺、N-[2-(N,N-二甲基氨基)乙基]甲 Q 基丙稀醯胺、N,N-二甲基曱基丙烯酿胺、N-[3-(二甲基氨 基)丙基]甲基丙烯醯胺、N-(甲氧基甲基)曱基丙烯醯胺、 N-(經基曱基)-2-甲基丙烯醯胺、N-苄基_2_曱基丙烯醯胺以 及N,N'-亞曱基雙(甲基丙烯醯胺)。 所述(甲基)丙烯酸衍生物中’特別優選N,N,-亞曱基雙 丙烯醢胺、Ν,Ν'-二經基亞乙基雙丙稀醯胺、雙丙稀酸乙二 酯以及4,4'-亞甲基雙(Ν,Ν-二經基丙稀酸乙二酯基苯胺)。Specific examples of the trifunctional or higher polyfunctional (fluorenyl) acrylate include, for example, linalyl bis(N,N-dihydroxy acrylate phenyl aniline), ARONIX M-400, ARONIX M- 405, ARONIX M-450, ARONIX M-7100, ARONIX M-8030, ARONIX M-8060, KAYARAD TMPTA, KAYARAD DPCA-20, KAYARAD 83 200930760 DPCA-30 > KAYARAD DPCA-60 > KAYARAD DPCA-120 > And VGPT, a product of Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. Specific examples of the (meth) acrylamide derivative include, for example, N-isopropyl propyl amide, N-isopropylmethyl propyl amide, n-propyl acrylamide, N-n-propyl Methyl propylene decylamine, N-cyclopropyl acrylamide, N_cyclopropyl decyl acrylamide, N-ethoxyethyl acrylamide, N-ethoxyethyl decyl decylamine , N-tetrahydrofurfuryl acrylamide, N-tetrahydrofurfuryl propylene phthalamide, N-ethyl acrylamide, N-ethyl propyl amide , n, N-diethyl acrylamide, N-fluorenyl-N-n-propyl acrylamide, N-fluorenyl-N-isopropyl acrylamide, N-propylene nitrite N-acryloyl piperidine), N-acryl〇yl pyrrolidine, N,N'-methylenebisacrylamide, N,N'-ethylenebisacrylamide, n ,N,-dihydroxyethylidene bis acrylamide, N-(4-hydroxyphenyl)methacrylamide, N-phenylmercapto amide, N-butyl methacrylamide, (different Butoxymethyl)mercaptopropenylamine, N-[2-(N,N-dimethylamino)ethyl]methyl benzyl amide, N,N- Methylmercapto acrylamide, N-[3-(dimethylamino)propyl]methacrylamide, N-(methoxymethyl)decyl acrylamide, N-(by fluorenyl) 2-methylpropenylamine, N-benzyl-2-propenyl acrylamide, and N,N'-fluorenylene bis(methacrylamide). Among the (meth)acrylic acid derivatives, 'particular preference is given to N,N,-ylidene bis acrylamide, hydrazine, Ν'-diethyleneethylene propylene amide, ethylene glycol diacetate. And 4,4'-methylenebis(indole, anthracene-di-diethyl acrylate).

雙馬來醯亞胺例如可以列舉:ΚΙ CHEMICAL 84 200930760 INDUSTRY股份有限公司製造的BMI-70和BMI-80 ’以及 大和化成工業股份有限公司製造的BMI-1000、 BMI-3000、BMI-4000、BMI-5000 和 BMI-7000。Examples of the bismaleimide include: BMI-70 and BMI-80 manufactured by CHEMICAL 84 200930760 INDUSTRY Co., Ltd. and BMI-1000, BMI-3000, BMI-4000, and BMI manufactured by Daiwa Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd. -5000 and BMI-7000.

而且,例如從液晶顯示元件的電特性的長期穩定性的 觀點考慮’本發明的液晶配向劑可以進一步含有11 惡唤化合 物。所述°惡唤化合物可以採用一種化合物,也可以採用兩 種或者兩種以上的化合物。就所述觀點而言,所述噁嗪化 合物的含量相對於所述聚醯胺酸或者其衍生物,優選0.1 重量%〜50重量% ’更加優選1重量%〜40重量%,進一 步優選爲1重量%〜2〇重量%。 所述噁嗪化合物’優選可溶解於溶解聚醯胺酸或者其 衍生物的溶劑中,並且具有開環聚合性的噁嗪化合物。 另外,所述噁嗪化合物中的噁嗪結構的數量並沒有特 別限定。 關於噁嗪的結構,已知有各種結構。在本發明中,噁 嗪的結構並沒有特別限定,所述嚼嗅化合物中的„惡嗪結 可以列舉苯並°惡嗪(benzoxazine )或者萘並噁嘻 (naphthoxazine)等具有包含縮合多環芳香族基的^放 基的噁嗪結構。 每膝、 所述射化合物例如可以_下料式(a)〜通 所示的化合物。另外,下述通式中,朝向環的中心 的鍵,表讀結在構成環並且可_結取絲的任-^ 85 200930760Further, for example, the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention may further contain 11 a caller compound from the viewpoint of long-term stability of electrical characteristics of the liquid crystal display element. The compound of the ° can be a compound or two or more compounds. In view of the above, the content of the oxazine compound is preferably 0.1% by weight to 50% by weight, more preferably 1% by weight to 40% by weight, even more preferably 1%, based on the polyaminic acid or a derivative thereof. Weight%~2〇% by weight. The oxazine compound ' is preferably soluble in a solvent which dissolves poly-proline or a derivative thereof, and has a ring-opening polymerizable oxazine compound. Further, the amount of the oxazine structure in the oxazine compound is not particularly limited. Regarding the structure of the oxazine, various structures are known. In the present invention, the structure of the oxazine is not particularly limited, and the oxoxazine in the chewing compound may include a benzoxazine or a naphthoxazine having a condensed polycyclic aromatic group. The oxazine structure of the group-based group. For each knee, the stimulating compound can be, for example, a compound of the formula (a) to exemplified. Further, in the following formula, a bond toward the center of the ring, Read the knot in the ring and can take the wire -^ 85 200930760

Ο 所述通式(a)〜通式(C)中,Rl以及R2表示碳數爲 1〜30的有機基。另外,所述通式(a)〜通式中, R3至R6表示氫或者碳數爲1〜6的烴基。另外,所述通式 (c)、通式(d)以及通式(f)中,X表示單鍵、-0_、-S_、 -S-S- ' -S〇2- ' -CO- ' -CONH- ' -NHCO- ' -C(CH3)2- ' -C(CF3)2-、-(CH2)m-、-0-((:Η2)πΓ〇、-S-(CH2)m-S-。此處’ ο m爲1〜6的整數。另外,所述通式(e)以及通式(f)中’ Y 獨立地表示單鍵、-0-、-S-、_CO-、_C(CH3)2_、-C(CF3)2_ 或者碳數爲1〜3的亞烷基。所述Y的苯環、萘環上所鍵 結的氫可以獨立地被-F、-CH3、-OH、-COOH、-S 03Η、-Ρ〇3Η2 取代。 另外,所述噁嗪化合物包括:側鏈上具有„惡嗪結構的 低聚物或者聚合物、主鏈中具有噁嗪結構的低聚物或者聚 合物。 通式(a)所表示的嚼嗓化合物例如可以列舉以下的嚼 86 200930760 唤化合物。In the above formula (a) to formula (C), R1 and R2 represent an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms. Further, in the above formula (a) to the formula, R3 to R6 represent hydrogen or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Further, in the above formula (c), formula (d) and formula (f), X represents a single bond, -0_, -S_, -SS- ' -S〇2- '-CO- ' -CONH - '-NHCO- ' -C(CH3)2- ' -C(CF3)2-, -(CH2)m-, -0-((:Η2)πΓ〇, -S-(CH2)mS-. Where ο m is an integer from 1 to 6. In addition, in the general formula (e) and the general formula (f), 'Y independently represents a single bond, -0-, -S-, _CO-, _C(CH3) 2_, -C(CF3)2_ or an alkylene group having a carbon number of 1 to 3. The hydrogen bonded to the benzene ring and the naphthalene ring of the Y may be independently -F, -CH3, -OH, -COOH Further, the -S 03Η, -Ρ〇3Η2 is substituted. In addition, the oxazine compound includes an oligomer or polymer having a oxazin structure in a side chain, an oligomer or a polymer having an oxazine structure in the main chain. The chewing compound represented by the formula (a) is exemplified by the following chewing 86 200930760 compound.

式中,R1優選碳數爲1〜30的烷基,更加優選碳數爲 1〜20的烧基。 通式(b)所表示的噁嗪化合物例如可以列舉以下的噁 嗪化合物。In the formula, R1 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. The oxazine compound represented by the formula (b) is exemplified by the following oxazine compound.

(b-3> (b-4) (b-5) 87 200930760(b-3> (b-4) (b-5) 87 200930760

式中,R1優選碳數爲1〜30的烷基,更加優選碳數爲 1〜20的烷基。 通式(c)所表示的噁嗪化合物可以列舉下述通式(I) 所表示的°惡嗓化合物。In the formula, R1 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. The oxazine compound represented by the following formula (I) is exemplified by the oxazine compound represented by the following formula (I).

所述通式(I)中,R1以及R2表示碳數爲1〜30的有 機基,R3至R6表示氫或者碳數爲1〜6的烴基,X表示單 鍵、-CH2-、-C(CH3)2-、-CO-、-0-、-S02-或者-C(CF3)2-。 所述通式(I)所表示的噁嗪化合物例如可以列舉以下的噁 唤化合物。 88 200930760In the above formula (I), R1 and R2 represent an organic group having a carbon number of 1 to 30, R3 to R6 represent hydrogen or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and X represents a single bond, -CH2-, -C ( CH3)2-, -CO-, -0-, -S02- or -C(CF3)2-. The oxazine compound represented by the above formula (I) may, for example, be the following acetonide compound. 88 200930760

(c-11) (〇-12) · 89 200930760(c-11) (〇-12) · 89 200930760

式中,R1優選碳數爲1〜30的烷基,更加優選碳數爲 1〜20的烷基。 通式(d )所表示的噁嗪化合物例如可以列舉以下的噁 唤化合物。In the formula, R1 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. The oxazine compound represented by the formula (d) may, for example, be the following acetonide compound.

90 20093076090 200930760

通式(f)所表示的噁嗪化合物例如可以列舉以下的噁 嗓化合物。 91 200930760The oxazine compound represented by the formula (f) is exemplified by the following oxime compounds. 91 200930760

(M1) 92 200930760 這些噁嗪化合物中,更加優選的噁嗪化合物可以列舉 式(b-l)、式(〇1)、式 〇3)、式(c_5)、式(c_7)、式 (c-9 )、式(d-Ι )〜式(d-6 )、式(e_3 )、式(e_4 )、式 (f-2)〜式(f-4)所表示的喔嗪化合物。 所述噁嗪化合物可以通過與國際公開2〇〇4/〇〇97〇8號 手册、曰本專利特開平n_12258號公報、日本專利特開 2004-352670號公報所記載的方法相同的方法來製造。 例如,通式(a)所表示的噁嗪化合物可以通過使苯酚 化合物、伯胺以及醛(aldehyde)進行反應而獲得(參照 國際公開2004/009708號手册)。 另外,通式(b)所表示的噁嗪化合物可以通過以下的 方式獲得:通過將伯胺緩慢添加到甲醛中的方法使其反應 後,再添加具有萘酚(naphth〇1)系羥基的化合物而進行 反應(參照國際公開2004/009708號手册)。 另外,通式(c)所表示的噁嗓化合物可以通過以下的 彳式獲得^在有機溶劑巾,在贿族仲胺、脂肪族叔胺或 © 麵性含氮雜環化合物的存在下,使丨莫耳苯盼化合物、 相對於其-個紛經基至少爲2莫耳以上的酸、以及i莫耳 伯胺進行反應(參照國際公開2004/009708號手册和日本 專利特開平11-12258號公報)。 另卜通式(d)〜通式(f)所表示的^惡喚化合物可 以通過以下时式獲得:在正T醇中,在9(Tt以上的溫度 I i使4,4L二氨基二苯基曱烷等具有多個苯環和鍵結這些 苯環的有機基的二胺、甲酸(formalin)等藤以及苯紛進行 93 200930760 脫水縮合反應(參照日本專利特開2〇〇4_35267〇號公報 另=,例如就液晶顯示元件的電特性的長期穩定性的 觀點而言’本發明的液晶配向劑可以進一步含有鳴唾琳化 合物。所述嚼唾嘛化合物是具有喔唾淋結構的化合物。所 述射琳化合物可以採用一種化合物,也可以採用兩種或 者兩種以上的化合物。就所述觀點而言,所述嚼嗤琳化合 物的含量相對於所述聚醯胺酸或者其衍生物,優選〇1 ^ 量%〜50重量%,更加優選1重量%〜4〇重量%,進 優選爲1重量%〜20重量%。或者,就上述觀點而言,所 述噁唑啉化合物的含量優選爲,將噁唑啉化合物中的噁唑 啉結構換算爲噁唑啉時,其相對於所述聚醯胺酸或者其衍 生物而爲0.1重量%〜4〇重量%。 、 關於所述噁唑琳化合物,可以在一個化合物中僅具有 一種噁唑啉結構,也可以在一個化合物中具有兩種或者兩 種以上的°惡唾琳結構。另外,所述„惡嗤琳化合物只要在一 個化合物中具有一個所述噁唑啉結構即可,優選具有兩個 0 以上的噁唑啉結構。另外,噁唑咻化合物可以是側鏈上具 有噁唑啉環結構的聚合物,也可以是共聚物。側鏈上具有 鳴峻淋結構的聚合物可以是側鏈上具有噁唑啉結構的單體 的均聚物’也可以是侧鏈上具有噁唑啉結構的單體與不具 有嗔唾琳結構的單體的共聚物。侧鏈上具有噁唑啉結構的 共聚物可以是側鏈上具有噁嗤琳結構的兩種或者兩種以上 的單體的共聚物’也可以是侧鏈上具有噁唑啉結構的兩種 或者兩種以上的單體與不具有噁唑啉結構的單體的共聚 94 200930760 : 物。 噁嗤啉結構中的氧以及氮 酸的羰基進行反應方式存 所述噁唑啉結構優選爲,以 中的一方或者兩方可以與聚醯胺 在於的礤唑啉化合物中的結構。 〇 Ο 所述射琳化合物例如可以列舉:2,2,_雙㈣唾琳)、 三-(2·β惡唾琳基_2-)笨、4·吱喃-2-基亞甲基_2_苯基 -4H-t生-5-酮、Μ-雙(4,5_二氫_2_鳴〇坐基)苯、u雙(4,5_ 二氫-2-噁唑基)苯、2,3-雙(4_異丙烯基_2_噁唑啉_2_基)丁 烧、2,2’-雙-4-m惡唾琳、2,6雙(異丙基_2·噪唾琳_2_ 基)吡啶、2,2’-異亞丙基雙(4_叔丁基_2·噁唑啉)、2,2,-異亞 丙基雙(4-笨基-2+坐琳)、2,2,_亞曱基雙…叔丁基·2_β惡唑 啉)以及2,2’-亞曱基雙(4-苯基_2_噁唑啉)。除了這些噁唑啉 化合物以外,還可以列舉EP〇CR〇s (商品名,日本觸媒 股份有限公司製造)這樣的具有噁唑基的聚合物或者低聚 物。 更優選的所述U惡σ坐琳化合物例如可以列舉〕,2,_雙(2_ 噁唑啉)以及1,3-雙(4,5-二氫_2-噁唑基)苯。 本發明的液晶配向劑中的聚醯胺酸或其衍生物的含有 率,可以根據將液晶配向劑塗布到基板上的塗布方法來選 擇。例如,如果是用於普通液晶顯示元件的製造步驟所使 用的印刷機(包括膠版印刷機(offset printer )或喷墨印刷 機(inkjetprinter)。以下有時簡稱爲“印刷機”。)的液晶 配向劑,則聚酿胺酸或其衍生物的含有率優選0.5重量% 〜30重量%,更優選i重量%〜15重量%,所述聚醯胺酸 95 200930760 或其衍生物的含有率可以根據與液晶配向劑的黏度(下述) 之間的關係來適當調整。 本發明的液晶配向劑的黏度根據塗布方法、聚醯胺酸 或其衍生物的濃度、所使用的聚醯胺酸或其衍生物的種 類、溶劑的種類和比例的不同而多種多樣。例如,當使用 印刷機來進行塗布時,液晶配向劑的黏度優選5 mPa.s〜 100 mPa’s,更優選1〇 mPa.s〜80 mPa.s。如果液晶配向劑 0 的黏度小於5 mPa.s,則液晶配向膜會難以獲得足够的膜 厚;如果液晶配向劑的黏度大於1〇〇mPa.s,則印刷不勻會 增大。通過旋轉塗布法來塗布液晶配向劑時,液晶配向劑 的黏度優選5 mPa.s〜200 mPa.s,更優選1〇 mpa.s〜1〇〇 mPa-s 〇 液晶配向劑的黏度可以通過旋轉黏度測定法來測定, 例如可以使用旋轉黏度計(東機産業製造的TVE-20L塑) 來進行測定(測定溫度:25。(3)。 本發明的液晶配向膜是對所述本發明的液晶配向劑的 ϋ 膜進行煆燒而形成的。液晶配向劑的膜的形成其及煆燒, 可以通過光阻(photoresist)的常用方法來進行。 、所述液晶配向膜例如可以通過將本發明的液晶配向劑 塗布在液晶顯示元件用基板、或者氟化鈣或矽等的測定用 基板上,並將此液晶配向劑的膜加熱到例如15〇。〇〜 WC、優選18(TC〜而形成^液晶配向劑的 膜厚優選10 nm〜300 nm,更優選3〇 nm〜1〇〇 nm。另外, 當液晶配向膜的用途是用在像IPS型液晶顯示元件這樣的 96 200930760 橫向電場方式的液晶顯示元件中時,優選對液晶配向膜實 施摩擦處理。 所述液晶配向膜的膜厚可以根據液晶配向劑的黏度或 者液晶配向劑的塗布方法來進行調整。另外,液晶配向膜 的膜厚可以使用階差计或擴偏儀(ellipS〇meter)等衆所周 知的膜厚測定裝置來測定。並且,可以根據需要對液晶配 向膜進行水解等處理,並利用IR或者質譜法(Mass Spectrometry,MS)等常用的分析方法來分析液晶配向膜 中的成分。例如 ’ Performance improvement of polybenzoxazine by alloying with polyamide:effect of preparation method on the properties" (Tsutomu Takeichi et. al·,polymer,2005, 46, ρ.4909·4916)中,記載 了通過汲來 對將聚醯胺酸醯亞胺化而成的膜中的噁嗪化合物進行分析 的方法。 本發明的液晶顯示元件具有對向配置的一對基板、形 成在所述一對基板各自所對向的面中的一面或者兩面上的 〇 電極、形成在所述一對基板各自所對向的面上的液晶配向 膜、以及形成在所述一對基板之間的液晶層。 所述對向配置的一對附帶電極的基板優選透明基板 (例如玻璃基板)。 在所述一對基板中的至少一方或者兩方的表面,對應 於液晶顯示元件的形態而設置有電極。所述電極只要是形 成在基板的一個面上的電極,則沒有特別限定。這種電極 例如可以列舉氧化銦錫(indium tin oxide,ITO)或金屬的 97 200930760 蒸艘膜等。可以將電極形成在基板的整個表面上,也可以 將電極形成爲經圖案化的既定形狀。另外,可以僅在一對 基板中的一塊基板上設置電極,也可以在兩塊基板上均設 置電極。例如對於未設置電極的基板,可以在基板表面形 成本發明的液晶配向膜,而對於設置了電極的基板,可以 在電極上形成本發明的液晶配向膜。本發明的液晶配向膜 的形成如上所述。(M1) 92 200930760 Among these oxazine compounds, a more preferable oxazine compound may be exemplified by the formula (bl), the formula (〇1), the formula 〇3), the formula (c-5), the formula (c-7), and the formula (c-9). And a pyridazine compound represented by the formula (d-Ι)~formula (d-6), the formula (e_3), the formula (e_4), and the formula (f-2) to the formula (f-4). The oxazine compound can be produced by the same method as the method described in the International Publication No. 4〇〇4/〇〇97〇8, the Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei No. 12-258, and the Japanese Patent Publication No. 2004-352670. . For example, the oxazine compound represented by the formula (a) can be obtained by reacting a phenol compound, a primary amine, and an aldehyde (refer to International Publication No. 2004/009708). Further, the oxazine compound represented by the formula (b) can be obtained by reacting a primary amine into a formaldehyde slowly, and then adding a compound having a naphthol (naphth〇1)-based hydroxyl group. The reaction was carried out (refer to the International Publication No. 2004/009708 manual). Further, the oxime compound represented by the formula (c) can be obtained by the following formula: in the presence of an organic solvent towel in the presence of a secondary secondary amine, an aliphatic tertiary amine or a surface nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound. The oxime benzoin compound is reacted with respect to an acid having at least 2 moles or more, and i-moleamide (refer to International Publication No. 2004/009708 and Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 11-12258 Bulletin). Further, the compound of the formula (d) to the formula (f) can be obtained by the following formula: in the n-T-alcohol, at 4 (Tt above the temperature I i to make 4,4 L of diaminodiphenyl) A diamine having a plurality of benzene rings and an organic group bonded to these benzene rings, a vine such as formicin, and benzene are subjected to a dehydration condensation reaction of 93 200930760 (refer to Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 2 _35267 No. Further, for example, from the viewpoint of long-term stability of electrical characteristics of the liquid crystal display element, the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention may further contain a sedative compound. The chewing compound is a compound having a sputum structure. The cylindrical compound may be one compound or two or more compounds. From the above viewpoint, the content of the chewing compound is preferably relative to the polyamic acid or a derivative thereof. 〇1 ^ %% to 50% by weight, more preferably 1% by weight to 4% by weight, more preferably 1% by weight to 20% by weight. Alternatively, from the above viewpoint, the content of the oxazoline compound is preferably Oxazoline When the oxazoline structure in the compound is converted to oxazoline, it is 0.1% by weight to 4% by weight based on the polyamic acid or a derivative thereof. A compound has only one oxazoline structure, and may have two or more kinds of oxalate structures in one compound. In addition, the 嗤 嗤 嗤 compound has only one sin in one compound. The oxazoline structure may be preferably two or more oxazoline structures. Further, the oxazole oxime compound may be a polymer having an oxazoline ring structure in a side chain, or may be a copolymer. The polymer of the spurt structure may be a homopolymer of a monomer having an oxazoline structure in a side chain, or may be a copolymer of a monomer having an oxazoline structure in a side chain and a monomer having no oxime structure. The copolymer having an oxazoline structure on the side chain may be a copolymer of two or more kinds of monomers having a ruthenium structure on the side chain, or may be two having an oxazoline structure on the side chain. Kind or more Copolymerization of a monomer with a monomer having no oxazoline structure 94 200930760 : The reaction of the oxygen in the oxoporphyrin structure and the carbonyl group of the nitrogen acid is carried out in such a manner that the oxazoline structure is preferably one or two The structure may be related to the oxazoline compound in which the polyamine is contained. 〇Ο The above-mentioned radiant compound may, for example, be: 2, 2, _ bis (tetra) salicin), tris-(2·β oxa salinyl _2 -) stupid, 4 · pyran-2-ylmethylene 2 -phenyl-4H-t-pro-5-one, anthracene-bis (4,5-dihydro-2_ 〇 〇) benzene, u bis(4,5-dihydro-2-oxazolyl)benzene, 2,3-bis(4-isopropenyl-2-oxazolin-2-yl)butane, 2,2'-bis-4 -m oxa salin, 2,6 bis(isopropyl-2·nosin-2-enyl)pyridine, 2,2'-isopropylidene bis(4-tert-butyl-2-oxazoline), 2,2,-isopropylidene bis(4-styl-2+), 2,2,_indenyl bis(tert-butyl·2_βoxazoline) and 2,2'-arylene Bis(4-phenyl_2-oxazoline). In addition to these oxazoline compounds, a polymer or oligomer having an oxazolyl group such as EP〇CR〇s (trade name, manufactured by Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd.) may be mentioned. More preferably, the U sputum compound is exemplified by 2, bis (2 oxazoline) and 1,3-bis (4,5-dihydro 2 -oxazolyl) benzene. The content of polyphthalic acid or a derivative thereof in the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention can be selected according to a coating method in which a liquid crystal alignment agent is applied onto a substrate. For example, if it is a printing machine used for a manufacturing step of a general liquid crystal display element (including an offset printer or an inkjet printer), the liquid crystal alignment which is sometimes simply referred to as "printer". The content of polyamic acid or a derivative thereof is preferably 0.5% by weight to 30% by weight, more preferably 1% by weight to 15% by weight, and the content of the polyglycine 95 200930760 or a derivative thereof may be The relationship between the viscosity of the liquid crystal alignment agent (described below) is appropriately adjusted. The viscosity of the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention varies depending on the coating method, the concentration of polyglycolic acid or a derivative thereof, the kind of polyglycine or a derivative thereof used, and the kind and ratio of the solvent. For example, when coating is carried out using a printing machine, the viscosity of the liquid crystal alignment agent is preferably 5 mPa·s to 100 mPa's, more preferably 1 〇 mPa.s to 80 mPa.s. If the viscosity of the liquid crystal alignment agent 0 is less than 5 mPa.s, it is difficult to obtain a sufficient film thickness for the liquid crystal alignment film; if the viscosity of the liquid crystal alignment agent is more than 1 μmPa.s, the unevenness of printing increases. When the liquid crystal alignment agent is applied by a spin coating method, the viscosity of the liquid crystal alignment agent is preferably 5 mPa·s to 200 mPa·s, more preferably 1 μmpa.s to 1 μmPa-s. The viscosity of the liquid crystal alignment agent can be rotated. For measurement, for example, a rotational viscometer (TVE-20L plastic manufactured by Toki Sangyo Co., Ltd.) can be used for measurement (measurement temperature: 25. (3). The liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention is the liquid crystal of the present invention. The ruthenium film of the alignment agent is formed by calcination. The formation of the film of the liquid crystal alignment agent and the calcination can be carried out by a usual method of photoresist. The liquid crystal alignment film can be, for example, by the present invention. The liquid crystal alignment agent is applied onto a substrate for a liquid crystal display element or a measurement substrate such as calcium fluoride or ruthenium, and the film of the liquid crystal alignment agent is heated to, for example, 15 Å. 〇~WC, preferably 18 (TC~) The film thickness of the liquid crystal alignment agent is preferably 10 nm to 300 nm, more preferably 3 〇 nm to 1 〇〇 nm. Further, when the liquid crystal alignment film is used, it is used in a liquid crystal display device such as an IPS type liquid crystal display device. display In the case of a member, it is preferable to subject the liquid crystal alignment film to a rubbing treatment. The film thickness of the liquid crystal alignment film can be adjusted according to the viscosity of the liquid crystal alignment agent or the method of applying the liquid crystal alignment agent. It is measured by a well-known film thickness measuring device such as a differential meter or an index meter. The liquid crystal alignment film may be subjected to hydrolysis or the like as needed, and may be subjected to IR or mass spectrometry (MS). A commonly used analytical method for analyzing components in a liquid crystal alignment film, for example, 'Performance improvement of polybenzoxazine by alloying with polyamide: effect of preparation method on the properties" (Tsutomu Takeichi et. al., polymer, 2005, 46, ρ. 4909· In 4916), a method of analyzing a oxazine compound in a film obtained by imidating polyphosphonium hydrazide by hydrazine is described. The liquid crystal display device of the present invention has a pair of substrates arranged in opposite directions and is formed in A tantalum electrode on one or both of the opposing faces of the pair of substrates is formed on the pair of bases a liquid crystal alignment film on a surface facing each of the plates, and a liquid crystal layer formed between the pair of substrates. The pair of substrates with electrodes disposed opposite to each other is preferably a transparent substrate (for example, a glass substrate). At least one or both of the pair of substrates are provided with electrodes in accordance with the form of the liquid crystal display element. The electrode is not particularly limited as long as it is an electrode formed on one surface of the substrate. Such an electrode may, for example, be an indium tin oxide (ITO) or a metal 97 200930760 vapor film. The electrode may be formed on the entire surface of the substrate, or the electrode may be formed into a patterned predetermined shape. Further, an electrode may be provided only on one of a pair of substrates, or an electrode may be provided on both of the substrates. For example, for a substrate on which no electrode is provided, the liquid crystal alignment film of the invention can be formed on the surface of the substrate, and the liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention can be formed on the electrode on the substrate on which the electrode is provided. The formation of the liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention is as described above.

夾在所述一對基板之間的液晶層包含液晶組合物。此 處,液晶組合物並沒有特別限制,可以根據驅動模式而使 用介電各向異性(dieleetrie anisGtropy )爲正的液晶組合物 X及電各向異性爲負的液晶組合物中的任意一種組合 物。 、 ^電各向異性爲正的液晶組合物的優選的例子公開在 以下公報中:曰本專利特許第3〇86228號公報、曰本專利 特許第263則Ε公報、日本專利特表平5·5〇1735號公 報、日本專利特開平8-157826號公報、日本專利特開平 W31960號公報、曰本專利特開平9_241644號公報 (ΕΡ885272Α1 )、日本專利特開平9_3〇2346號公報 (ΕΡ8〇6466Α1 )、曰本專利特開平8-199168號公報 (ΕΡ722998Α1)、日本專利特開平㈣加號公報、日本 專利制平9·255956號錢、日本專料Μ4购 號公報(丽527叫、日本專利特開平1〇•綱〇1 報⑽圓麗)、日本專利特開平脱ο44%號公報、 曰本專利特開平職1482號公報、曰本專利特開 98 200930760 2_·〇87_號公報、日本專利特開_•搬 型液晶顯示元件的液晶組合物,可以是介等電 + 負的各種液晶組合物。液晶組合物的優選的例 :”:下公報中:曰本專利特開昭57-U4532號j 4 開平2_4725號公報、日本專利特開平 & A報、日本專利特開平8-40953號公報、曰太 〇 ❹ 2ΠίΓ869號公報、日本專利特開得咖6 平曰 =號公報'曰本專利特 相α 4 * 報日本專利特開平10-236990號公 =9t3號利特^平1〇伽%號公報、曰本專利特開平 本^ t本料咖平㈣6994號公報、日 57=yGGG號公報、日本__+ 本專禾日本專利特開平10-237024號公報、日 他237〇75 m a 報、日本專利特開平 太真舰日本專利特開平1&237G76號公報、日 本專利特開平1G_237448號公報⑽ =平曰1,74號公報、曰本專利特開平= =二=平;號公報'曰本專利特 1 1__號公報、日本專利特開 日本專報、 添加 99 200930760 本發明的液晶顯示元件當然也可以具有其他構件。例 如,在使用薄膜晶體管的彩色顯示TFT型液晶元件中,可 以在第明基板上开;成薄膜晶體管、絕緣膜、保護膜、 信號電極和像素電轉,而第二翻基板上可以具有遮蔽 像素區域以外的光的黑色矩陣(blaek贈&)、彩色滤光 片(colorfilter)、平坦化膜以及像素電極等。 ’ ❹The liquid crystal layer sandwiched between the pair of substrates contains a liquid crystal composition. Here, the liquid crystal composition is not particularly limited, and any one of the liquid crystal composition X having a positive dielectric anisotropy (dieleetrie anisGtropy) and a negative liquid crystal composition can be used depending on the driving mode. . Preferred examples of the liquid crystal composition having positive electrical anisotropy are disclosed in the following publications: Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 3, 862, 862, Japanese Patent Application No. 263, Japanese Patent Publication No. 5 Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 8-199168 (ΕΡ722998Α1), Japanese Patent Special Kaiping (four) Plus Bulletin, Japanese Patent No. 9·255956, Japanese Special Material Μ4 Purchase Bulletin (Li 527, Japanese Patent Special Kaiping) 1〇•纲〇1 Newspaper (10) Yuanli), Japanese Patent Special Kaiping ο44% Bulletin, 曰本专利专开平职1482号, 曰本专利公开98 200930760 2_·〇87_号, Japanese Patent The liquid crystal composition of the open type liquid crystal display element may be various liquid crystal compositions of dielectric constant + negative. A preferred example of the liquid crystal composition: "Under the following publication: Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. SHO 57-U4532, No. 4, No. 4-4725, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. A-A, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 8-40953,曰太〇❹ 2ΠίΓ 869, Japanese Patent Special Opened Coffee 6 曰 曰 = No. Bulletin '曰 专利 Patent Special Phase α 4 * Japanese Patent Special Open No. 10-236990 No = 9t3 Lit ^ Ping 1 〇 % % No. Gazette, 曰本专利专开平本 ^ t本料咖平 (4) No. 6994 Bulletin, Japanese 57=yGGG Bulletin, Japan __+ This special Japanese Patent Unexamined Patent No. 10-237024, Japanese 237〇75 ma Japanese Patent Unexamined Japanese Unexamined Ships Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 1 & 237G76, Japanese Patent Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 1G_237448 (10) = Gazette No. 1,74, and Sakamoto Patent Special Kaiping = = two = flat; The liquid crystal display element of the present invention may of course have other members. For example, in a color display TFT type liquid crystal element using a thin film transistor, in the case of the patent publication No. 1__, Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 99 200930760 Opening on the first substrate; forming a thin film crystal The insulating film, the protective film, the signal electrode, and the pixel are electrically rotated, and the second flip substrate may have a black matrix (blaek gift &), a color filter, a planarization film, and a pixel that shields light outside the pixel region. Electrodes, etc. ' ❹

另外,在VA型液晶顯示元件、特別是MVA型液晶顯 不元件中’第一透明基板上形成有被稱爲區域(d_in) 的微小突起物。另外,爲了調整基板間的盒間隙Udi gap),也可以在第一透明基板上形成間隔物(space^。 本發明的液晶顯示元件可以通過任意方法來製作,例 如可以通過包括以下步_方絲製作:1)將液晶配向劑 塗布在所述兩塊透明基板上的步驟;2)將所塗布的液晶配 向劑乾燥的步驟;3)進行爲使乾燥的液晶配向劑進行脫 水、閉環反應所必需的加熱處理的步驟;4)對所獲得的液 晶配向膜進行配向處理的步驟;5)將兩塊基板貼合後,將 液曰a組合物封入基板之間,或者將液晶組合物滴加到其中 塊基板上之後’再將此基板與另一塊基板相貼合的步驟。 所述塗布液晶配向劑的步驟中所採用的塗布方法,一 般已知有旋轉塗布法、印刷法、浸潰塗布法(dipping)、 滴加法、喷塗法等。這些方法也可以應用在本發明中。 另外,實施所述乾燥步驟以及脫水反應所必需的加熱 處理的步驟的方法,一般已知有在烘箱(〇ven)或者紅外 線爐中進行加熱處理的方法、在加熱板(hot plate)上進 100 200930760 行加熱處理的方法等。這些方法也可以制在本發明中。 乾燥步驟優選在溶劑可以蒸發的範_的較低的溫度 (5。0(:〜140 C)下實施。加熱處理的步驟通常優選在 150°C〜300°C左右的溫度下進行。 Ο 關於IPS魏晶顯示元件、0CB型液晶顯示元件、ΤΝ 型液晶顯示元件、STN魏晶顯示元件,對液晶配向膜的 配向處理通常是進行摩擦處理。對於VA魏晶顯示元件 中大多不進行摩擦處理,但是也可以進行摩擦處理。 然後,在其中一塊基板上塗布黏接劑後,將此基板與 另一塊基板相貼合’在真空中注入液晶。當採用滴加注入 法時,在貼合之前將液晶組合物滴加到其中一塊基板上, 然後將此基板與另一塊基板相貼合。利用熱或者紫外線使 用於貼合的黏接劑硬化,由此製作出本發明的液晶顯示元 件。 在本發明的液晶顯示元件上,也可以安裝偏光板(偏 光膜)、波片、光散射膜以及驅動電路等。 [實施例] 下面,通過實施例來說明本發明,但是本發明並不限 定於這些實施例。實施例中所使用的化合物如下。 <四羧酸二酐> 化合物:均苯四曱酸二酐(Pyromellitic Dianhydride): pmdaFurther, in the VA type liquid crystal display element, particularly the MVA type liquid crystal display element, a micro protrusion called a region (d_in) is formed on the first transparent substrate. Further, in order to adjust the cell gap Udi gap between the substrates, a spacer may be formed on the first transparent substrate. The liquid crystal display device of the present invention may be fabricated by any method, for example, by including the following steps. Production: 1) a step of applying a liquid crystal alignment agent on the two transparent substrates; 2) a step of drying the applied liquid crystal alignment agent; 3) performing the dehydration and ring closure reaction for drying the liquid crystal alignment agent a step of heat treatment; 4) a step of performing an alignment treatment on the obtained liquid crystal alignment film; 5) after laminating the two substrates, sealing the liquid helium a composition between the substrates, or dropping the liquid crystal composition dropwise The step of bonding the substrate to another substrate after the block substrate. The coating method used in the step of applying the liquid crystal alignment agent is generally known by a spin coating method, a printing method, a dipping method, a dropping method, a spray method, or the like. These methods can also be applied to the present invention. Further, a method of performing the drying step and the step of heat treatment necessary for the dehydration reaction is generally known as a method of performing heat treatment in an oven or an infrared furnace, and feeding on a hot plate. 200930760 The method of heat treatment, etc. These methods can also be made in the present invention. The drying step is preferably carried out at a lower temperature (5. 0 (: ~ 140 C) of the solvent which can be evaporated. The heat treatment step is usually preferably carried out at a temperature of from about 150 ° C to about 300 ° C. Ο About IPS Weijing display element, 0CB type liquid crystal display element, ΤΝ type liquid crystal display element, STN Weijing display element, the alignment treatment of the liquid crystal alignment film is usually performed by rubbing treatment. Most of the VA Weijing display elements are not subjected to rubbing treatment. However, it is also possible to carry out the rubbing treatment. Then, after applying the adhesive on one of the substrates, the substrate is bonded to the other substrate', and the liquid crystal is injected in a vacuum. When using the drop-injection method, before the bonding, The liquid crystal composition is dropped onto one of the substrates, and then the substrate is bonded to the other substrate. The bonding agent is cured by heat or ultraviolet rays, thereby producing the liquid crystal display element of the present invention. In the liquid crystal display element of the invention, a polarizing plate (polarizing film), a wave plate, a light-scattering film, a driving circuit, etc. may be attached. [Embodiment] Hereinafter, by way of example The present invention, but the present invention is not limited to these examples given compounds used in the examples are as follows embodiment < tetracarboxylic dianhydride > compound: Yue pyromellitic dianhydride (Pyromellitic Dianhydride): pmda

化合物:1,2,3,4-環丁烷四曱酸二酐 (1,2,3,4-cyclobutane tetracarboxylic dianhydride) : CBDA 101 200930760 <二胺>Compound: 1,2,3,4-cyclobutane tetracarboxylic dianhydride: CBDA 101 200930760 <Diamine>

化合物:4,4’-二氨基二苯基甲烧:ddMCompound: 4,4'-diaminodiphenylpyrene: ddM

化合物.4,4-一氣基一苯基乙烧:DDET 化合物:U-雙[4-(4-氨基苯氧基)苯基]_4·(反_4·正戊基 環己基)環己烷:5HHBA ^ 化合物:U-雙[4-(4_氨基苯氧基)苯基]_4_[(4_正庚基環 己基)乙基]環己烷:7H2HBA ^ ^ 化合物.1,1-雙[4-(4-氨基苯基曱基)苯基]_4_正庚基環 己烷:7HBZ ^ 化合物:I,3-雙[4-(4-氨基苯基甲基)苯基]丙烷: BABZP3 化合物:2,2_雙[4-(4-氨基苯氧基)苯基]丙烷:BAppCompound. 4,4-A-methoxy-phenylethene: DDET Compound: U-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]_4·(anti-4·n-pentylcyclohexyl)cyclohexane :5HHBA ^ Compound: U-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]_4_[(4-n-heptylcyclohexyl)ethyl]cyclohexane: 7H2HBA^^ Compound.1,1-Doub [4-(4-Aminophenylfluorenyl)phenyl]_4_n-heptylcyclohexane: 7HBZ ^ Compound: I,3-bis[4-(4-aminophenylmethyl)phenyl]propane: BABZP3 Compound: 2,2_bis[4-(4-Aminophenoxy)phenyl]propane: BApp

化合物:1-苯基曱基-2,5-二氨基苯:2,5-PlPDACompound: 1-phenylmercapto-2,5-diaminobenzene: 2,5-PlPDA

化合物:1-苯基甲基_3,5-二氨基苯:3,5-PlPDACompound: 1-phenylmethyl-3,5-diaminobenzene: 3,5-PlPDA

化合物:5-[4-(4_正戊基環己基)環己基]苯基甲基]} 二氨基苯:5HHP1PDACompound: 5-[4-(4-N-pentylcyclohexyl)cyclohexyl]phenylmethyl]}diaminobenzene: 5HHP1PDA

化合物:5_{[4_(4-正庚基環己基)乙基]環己基丨苯基甲 基-1,3-二氨基苯:7H2HP1PDACompound: 5_{[4_(4-n-heptylcyclohexyl)ethyl]cyclohexylhydrazine phenylmethyl-1,3-diaminobenzene: 7H2HP1PDA

化合物:5_[4_(正十六烷基)苯基甲基卜以二氨基苯: 16P1PDACompound: 5_[4_(n-hexadecyl)phenylmethyl-diaminobenzene: 16P1PDA

化合物:3,3’·二氨基二苯基醚:3,3,-DDE 化合物:3,4,-二氨基二苯基醚:3,4,_dde 化合物:4,4,-二氨基二苯基醚:4,4,_dde <環氧化合物> 102 200930760 、Compound: 3,3'-diaminodiphenyl ether: 3,3,-DDE Compound: 3,4,-diaminodiphenyl ether: 3,4,_dde Compound: 4,4,-diaminodiphenyl Ether ether: 4, 4, _dde <epoxy compound> 102 200930760 ,

化合物.N,N,N,N’-四縮水甘油基_4,4,_二氨基二苯基 甲烷:TGDDM 化合物:雙酚A酚醛型環氧化合物M57S7〇(商品名, 曰本環氧樹脂股份有限公司製造) 化合物:3,4-環氧環己烯甲基_3,,4’_環氧環己烯基甲酸 醋.Celloxide2021 (商品名,Daicel化學工業股份有限公 司製造) 化合物:曱酚酚醛型環氧化合物:EOCN-104S (商品 〇 名’日本化藥股份有限公司製造),平均官能基數大於等於 2的具有環氧基的化合物) <溶劑> NMP . N-曱基-2_〇比嘻炫嗣 GBL : 丁内酯 BC : 丁基溶纖劑(乙二醇單丁醚) <1·聚醯胺酸的合成> [合成例1] 0 在具備溫度計、攪拌機、原料投入口以及氮氣導入口 的100 mL的四口燒瓶中,加入2.426 g的DDM、54.0 g 的脫水NMP,在乾燥氮氣流下將其攪拌溶解。然後,添加 1.735 g 的 PMDA、0.840 g 的 CBDA 以及 15.0 g 的脫水 GBL,在室溫環境下反應30小時。在反應過程中反應溫度 上升時,將反應溫度抑制在約7(TC以下進行反應。在所獲 得的溶液中加入25.0 g的BC,獲得濃度爲6重量%的聚醯 胺酸溶液。將此聚醢胺酸溶液設爲PA1 ^ 103 200930760 [合成例2〜19] 除了根據表1改變四羧酸二酐以及二胺以外,依據合 成例1來製備聚醯胺酸溶液PA2〜PA19。將包括合成例1 在内的結果匯總在表1中。 表1Compound.N,N,N,N'-tetraglycidyl_4,4,-diaminodiphenylmethane: TGDDM Compound: bisphenol A phenolic epoxy compound M57S7〇 (trade name, 曰本epoxide) Co., Ltd.) Compound: 3,4-epoxycyclohexenemethyl_3,, 4'-epoxycyclohexenylcarboxylic acid vinegar. Celloxide 2021 (trade name, manufactured by Daicel Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) Compound: 曱Phenolic novolac type epoxy compound: EOCN-104S (commercially known as 'Nippon Chemical Co., Ltd.), and an epoxy group-containing compound having an average functional group number of 2 or more) <Solvent> NMP. N-fluorenyl- 2_〇比嘻炫嗣GBL : Butyrolactone BC : Butyl cellosolve (ethylene glycol monobutyl ether) <1·Polymeric acid synthesis > [Synthesis Example 1] 0 With thermometer, mixer, raw material Into a 100 mL four-necked flask with a gas inlet and a nitrogen inlet, 2.426 g of DDM and 54.0 g of dehydrated NMP were added, and the mixture was stirred and dissolved under a dry nitrogen stream. Then, 1.735 g of PMDA, 0.840 g of CBDA, and 15.0 g of dehydrated GBL were added and reacted at room temperature for 30 hours. When the reaction temperature rises during the reaction, the reaction temperature is suppressed to about 7 (TC or less), and 25.0 g of BC is added to the obtained solution to obtain a polyglycine solution having a concentration of 6% by weight. The proline solution was set to PA1 ^ 103 200930760 [Synthesis Examples 2 to 19] In addition to the modification of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride and the diamine according to Table 1, the polyaminic acid solutions PA2 to PA19 were prepared according to Synthesis Example 1. The results in Example 1 are summarized in Table 1. Table 1

合成例No. 四羧 化合物 酸二酐 莫耳分率 二堪 化合物 ► 莫耳分率 1. PA1 PMDA CBDA 0.33 0.17 DDM 0.50 2. PA2 PMDA CBDA 0.40 0.10 DDET 5HHBA 7H2HBA 0.40 0.05 0.05 3. PA3 PMDA CBDA 0.40 0.10 DDET 7HBZ 0.35 0.15 4. PA4 PMDA CBDA 0.24 0.24 DDET 5HHBA 0.47 0.05 5. PA5 PMDA CBDA 0.24 0.24 DDET 7HBZ 0.47 0.05 6. PA6 PMDA CBDA 0.10 0.40 BABZP3 0.50 7. PA7 PMDA CBDA 0.25 0.25 3,4'-DDE 0.50 8. PA8 PMDA CBDA 0.25 0.25 3,3'-DDE 0.50 9. PA9 PMDA CBDA 0.25 0.25 4,4'-DDE 0.50 10. ΡΑΙΟ PMDA CBDA 0.25 0.25 BAPP 0.50 11. ΡΑ11 PMDA CBDA 0.10 0.40 BAPP 0.50 12. PA 12 CBDA 0.50 2,5-PlPDA 5HHP1PDA 0.25 0.25 13. PA13 PMDA CBDA 0.10 0.40 2,5-PlPDA 16P1PDA 0.15 0.35 14. PA14 PMDA CBDA 0.10 0.40 2,5-PlPDA 5HHBA 0.25 0.25 15. PA15 PMDA 0.25 DDM 0.50 104 200930760 CBDA 0.25 16. PA16 CBDA 0.50 3,5-PlPDA 0.25 5HHP1PDA 0.25 17. PA17 2,5-PlPDA 0.11 CBDA 0.49 5HHP1PDA 0.20 7H2HP1PDA 0.20 18. PA18 PMDA 0.10 DDM 0.45 CBDA 0.40 5HHP1PDA 0.05 19. PA19 PMDA 0.50 16P1PDA 0.50 <2.液晶顯示元件的製作> [比較例1] 以8/2的重量比混合PA1和pa2。在所獲得的混合物 中添加NMP/BC==1/1 (重量比)的混合溶劑,以使聚醯胺 酸的濃度達到4重量%的方式對溶液整體進行稀釋,而獲 得液晶配向劑。使用所獲得的液晶配向劑,通過如下方式 來製作液晶顯示元件。 <液晶顯示元件的製作方法>(實施例丨〜實施例 12、比較例1〜比較例13) 使用旋轉塗布機,將液晶配向劑塗布到兩塊附帶IT〇 電極的玻璃基板上,形成膜厚爲70 nm的膜。塗布形成膜 之後,在80°C下加熱乾燥約5分鐘後,在210。(:下進行20 分鐘的加熱處理,而形成液晶配向膜。然後,使用摩擦裝 置,對形成有液晶配向膜的基板表面進行摩擦處理,來實 施,向處理。之後’在超純水中對液晶配向膜進行5分鐘 超聲波清洗,然後在烘箱中,在l2〇°c下乾燥3〇分鐘。 在其中一塊玻璃基板上散布7 μιη的間隙材料(gap material),以形成有液晶配向膜的面位於内側,並且摩擦 105 200930760 方向爲反平行的方式將兩塊玻璃基板對向配置,然後用環 氧硬化劑加以密封,製作出間隙爲7 μπι的反平行液晶盒 (antiparallel cell)。向此液晶盒中注入以下所示的液晶組 合物,用光硬化劑密封注入口。接著,在ll〇°C下加熱處 理30分鐘’而製成液晶顯示元件。Synthesis Example No. Tetracarboxylate acid dianhydride Molar fraction II compound ► Molar fraction 1. PA1 PMDA CBDA 0.33 0.17 DDM 0.50 2. PA2 PMDA CBDA 0.40 0.10 DDET 5HHBA 7H2HBA 0.40 0.05 0.05 3. PA3 PMDA CBDA 0.40 0.10 DDET 7HBZ 0.35 0.15 4. PA4 PMDA CBDA 0.24 0.24 DDET 5HHBA 0.47 0.05 5. PA5 PMDA CBDA 0.24 0.24 DDET 7HBZ 0.47 0.05 6. PA6 PMDA CBDA 0.10 0.40 BABZP3 0.50 7. PA7 PMDA CBDA 0.25 0.25 3,4'-DDE 0.50 8. PA8 PMDA CBDA 0.25 0.25 3,3'-DDE 0.50 9. PA9 PMDA CBDA 0.25 0.25 4,4'-DDE 0.50 10. ΡΑΙΟ PMDA CBDA 0.25 0.25 BAPP 0.50 11. ΡΑ11 PMDA CBDA 0.10 0.40 BAPP 0.50 12. PA 12 CBDA 0.50 2,5-PlPDA 5HHP1PDA 0.25 0.25 13. PA13 PMDA CBDA 0.10 0.40 2,5-PlPDA 16P1PDA 0.15 0.35 14. PA14 PMDA CBDA 0.10 0.40 2,5-PlPDA 5HHBA 0.25 0.25 15. PA15 PMDA 0.25 DDM 0.50 104 200930760 CBDA 0.25 16. PA16 CBDA 0.50 3,5-PlPDA 0.25 5HHP1PDA 0.25 17. PA17 2,5-PlPDA 0.11 CBDA 0.49 5HHP1PDA 0.20 7H2HP1PDA 0.20 18. PA18 PMDA 0.10 DDM 0.45 CBDA 0.40 5HHP1PDA 0.05 19. PA19 PMDA 0.5 0 16P1PDA 0.50 <2. Production of liquid crystal display element> [Comparative Example 1] PA1 and pa2 were mixed at a weight ratio of 8/2. A mixed solvent of NMP/BC = 1 / 1 (weight ratio) was added to the obtained mixture, and the whole of the solution was diluted in such a manner that the concentration of the polyamic acid was 4% by weight to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent. Using the obtained liquid crystal alignment agent, a liquid crystal display element was produced in the following manner. <Production Method of Liquid Crystal Display Element> (Example 丨 to Example 12, Comparative Example 1 to Comparative Example 13) A liquid crystal alignment agent was applied onto two glass substrates with IT 〇 electrodes using a spin coater to form A film with a film thickness of 70 nm. After coating to form a film, it was dried by heating at 80 ° C for about 5 minutes, at 210. (: A liquid crystal alignment film was formed by performing heat treatment for 20 minutes. Then, the surface of the substrate on which the liquid crystal alignment film was formed was subjected to a rubbing treatment using a rubbing device, and the film was subjected to a treatment. Then, the liquid crystal was treated in ultrapure water. The alignment film was ultrasonically cleaned for 5 minutes, and then dried in an oven at 3 ° C for 3 minutes. A 7 μm gap material was spread on one of the glass substrates to form a surface on which the liquid crystal alignment film was formed. Inside, and rubbing 105 200930760 The direction of the two glass substrates is opposite to each other, and then sealed with an epoxy hardener to make an antiparallel cell with a gap of 7 μm. The liquid crystal composition shown below was injected, and the injection port was sealed with a light hardener, and then heat-treated at ll ° C for 30 minutes to prepare a liquid crystal display element.

17wt. %17wt. %

I8wt.%I8wt.%

Butt%Butt%

1〇wt %1〇wt %

6wt% 106 200930760 C3H76wt% 106 200930760 C3H7

ewt.%Ewt.%

[實施例1] 在比較例1所獲得的4重量%的液晶配向劑中,溶解 相對於10〇重量份聚醯胺酸爲20重量份的TGDDM,而獲 得液晶配向劑。使用所獲得的液晶配向劑,以如上所述的 方式製作液晶顯示元件。 [實施例2] 在比較例1所獲得的4重量%的液晶配向劑中,溶解 相對於100重量份聚醯胺酸爲20重量份的157S70,而獲 得液晶配向劑。使用所獲得的液晶配向劑,以如上所述的 方式製作液晶顯示元件。 〇 [比較例2] 以8/2的重量比混合PA1和PA3。在所獲得的混合物 中添加NMP/BC=1/1 (重量比)的混合溶劑,以聚醯胺酸 的漢度達到4重量%的方式對溶液整體進行稀釋,獲得液 晶配向劑。使用所獲得的液晶配向劑,以如上所述的方式 製作液晶顯示元件。 [實施例3] 在比較例2所獲得的4重量%的液晶配向劑中’溶解 相對於1〇〇重量份聚醯胺酸爲2〇重量份的TGDDM’而獲 107 200930760 得液晶配向劑。使用所獲得的液晶配向劑,以如上所述的 方式製作液晶顯示元件。 [實施例4] 在比較例2所獲得的4重量%的液晶配向劑中,溶解 相對於100重量份聚醯胺酸爲20重量份的Celloxide 2021P,而獲得液晶配向劑。使用所獲得的液晶配向劑, 以如上所述的方式製作液晶顯示元件。 ^ [比較例3] 在PA4中添加nmp/BC= 1/1 (重量比)的混合溶劑, 以t酿胺酸的濃度達到4重量%的方式對溶液整體進行稀 釋’而獲得液晶配向劑。使用所獲得的液晶配向劑,以如 上所述的方式製作液晶顯示元件。 [實施例5] 在比較例3所獲得的4重量%的液晶配向劑中,溶解 相對於100重量份聚醯胺酸溶解爲2〇重量份的TGDDM, 而獲得液晶配向劑。使用所獲得的液晶配向劑 ,以如上所 ^ 述的方式製作液晶顯示元件。 [實施例6] 在比較例3所獲得的4重量%的液晶配向劑中,溶解 相對於1〇〇重量份聚醯胺酸爲2〇重量份的e〇cn_104S, 而獲得液晶配向劑。使用所獲得的液晶配向劑,以如上所 述的方式製作液晶顯示元件。 [比較例4] 在PA5中添加NMP/BC = 1A (重量比)的混合溶劑, 108 200930760 以聚醯胺酸的濃度達到4重量%的方式對溶液整體進行稀 釋,而獲得液晶配向劑。使用所獲得的液晶配向劑,以如 上所述的方式製作液晶顯示元件。 [實施例7] 在比較例4所獲得的4重量%的液晶配向劑中,溶解 =對於1〇〇重量份聚醯胺酸爲2〇重量份的TGDDM,而獲 得液晶配向劑。使用所獲得的液晶配向劑,以如上所述的 方式製作液晶顯示元件。 [實施例8] 在比較例4所獲得的4重量%的液晶配向劑中,溶解 相對於1〇〇重量份聚酿胺酸爲2〇重量份的E〇CN_1〇4S, 而獲得液晶配向劑。使用所獲得的液晶配向劑 ,以如上所 述的方式製作液晶顯示元件。 [比較例5] 、在PA6中添加NMP/BC= 1/1 (重量比)的混合溶劑, Q 以聚酿胺酸的濃度達到4重量%的方式對溶液整體進行稀 釋’而獲得液晶配向劑。使用所獲得的液晶配向劑,以如 上所述的方式製作液晶顯示元件。 [實施例9] 在比較例5所獲得的4重量%的液晶配向劑中,溶解 ,對於100重量份聚醯胺酸爲20重量份的TGDDM,而獲 得液晶配向劑。使用所獲得的液晶配向劑,以如上所述的 方式製作液晶顯示元件。 [實施例10] 109 200930760 〆 在比較例5所獲得的4重量%的液晶配向劑中,溶解 相對於1〇〇重量份聚醯胺酸爲2〇重量份的E〇CN_1〇4S, 而獲得液晶配向劑。使用所獲得的液晶配向劑 ,以如上所 述的方式製作液晶顯示元件。 [比較例6] 在PA7中添加NMP/BC= 1/1 (重量比)的混合溶劑, 以聚酿胺酸的濃度達到4重量%的方式對溶液整體進行豨 〇 釋’而獲得液晶配向劑。使用所獲得的液晶配向劑,以如 上所述的方式製作液晶顯示元件。 [實施例11] 在比較例6所獲得的4重量%的液晶配向劑中,溶解 ,對於100重量份聚醯胺酸爲20重量份的TGDDM,而獲 #液晶配向劑。使用所獲得的液晶配向劑,以如上所述的 方式製作液晶顯示元件。 [比較例7] 、在PA8中添加NMP/BC= 1/1 (重量比)的混合溶劑, ^聚醯胺,的濃度翻4重量%的方式對溶液整體進行稀 ’而獲知液晶配向劑。使用所獲得的液晶配向劑,以如 上所述的料製作紅赫科。 [實施例12] 在h»較例7所獲得的4重量%的液晶配向劑中,溶解 ^對於100重量份聚醯胺酸爲20 f量份的TGDDM,而獲 =晶配向劑。使用所獲得的液晶配 如上所述的 方式製作液晶顯示元件。 110 200930760 [比較例8] 在PA9中添加NMP/BC=1A (重量比)的混合溶劑, 以聚醯胺酸的濃度達到4重量%的方式對溶液整體進行稀 釋,而獲得液晶配向劑。使用所獲得的液晶配向劑,以如 上所述的方式製作液晶顯示元件。 [比較例9] 在比較例8所獲得的4重量%的液晶配向劑中,溶解 Q 相對於100重量份聚醯胺酸爲20重量份的TGDDM,而獲 得液晶配向劑。使用所獲得的液晶配向劑,以如上所述的 方式製作液晶顯示元件。 [比較例10] 在PA10中添加nmp/bc="i(重量比)的混合溶劑, 以聚醯胺酸的濃度達到4重量%的方式對溶液整體進行稀 釋’而獲得液晶配向劑。使用所獲得的液晶配向劑,以如 上所述的方式製作液晶顯示元件。 [比較例11] 在比較例10所獲得的4重量%的液晶配向劑中,溶解 =對於1〇〇重量份聚醯胺酸爲20重量份的TGDDM,而獲 得液晶配向劑。使用所獲得的液晶配向劑,以如下所述的 方式製作液晶顯示元件。 [比較例12] 在PA11中添加NMP/BC=1/1(重量比)的混合溶劑’ 以聚醯胺酸的濃度達到4重量%的方式對溶液整體進行豨 釋’而獲得液晶配向劑。使用所獲得的液晶配向劑,以如 111 200930760 上所述的方式製作液晶顯示元件。 [比較例13] 在比較例12所獲得的4重量%的液晶配向劑中’溶解 相對於1〇〇重量份聚醯胺酸爲2〇重量份的TGDDM,而獲 得液晶配向劑。使用所獲得的液晶配向劑 ,以如下所述的 方式製作液晶顯示元件。 [比較例14] Ο 以9/1的重量比混合PA6和PA12。在所獲得的混合物 中添加NMP/BC=1/1 (重量比)的混合溶劑’以聚醯胺酸 的農度達到4重量。/。的方式對溶液整體進行稀釋,而獲得 液aa配向劑。使用所獲得的液晶配向劑,按照下述方式製 作液晶顯示元件。 <液晶顯示元件的製作方法 > (實施例13〜實施例 20、比較例14〜比較例21) 使用旋轉塗布機,將液晶配向劑塗布到兩塊附帶IT〇 Q 電極的玻璃基板上,形成膜厚爲70nm的膜。塗布形成膜 之後,在80〇C下加熱乾燥約5分鐘後,在210。(:下進行20 分鐘加熱處理,形成液晶配向膜。之後,在超純水中對液 晶配向膜進行5分鐘超聲波清洗,然後在烘箱中,在12〇它 下乾燥30分鐘。 在其中一塊玻璃基板上散布4 μιη的間隙材料,以使 形成有液晶配向膜的面位於内侧的方式加以配置後,用環 氧硬化劑加以密封,製作出間隙爲4 μιη的液晶盒。向此 液曰曰i中注入以下所示的液晶組合物’用光硬化劑密封注 112 200930760 入口。接著,在ll〇°C下進行30分鐘加熱處理,製成液晶 顯示元件。[Example 1] In 4% by weight of the liquid crystal alignment agent obtained in Comparative Example 1, 20 parts by weight of TGDDM was dissolved with respect to 10 parts by weight of polyglycolic acid to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent. Using the obtained liquid crystal alignment agent, a liquid crystal display element was produced in the manner as described above. [Example 2] In 4% by weight of the liquid crystal alignment agent obtained in Comparative Example 1, 20 parts by weight of 157S70 was dissolved with respect to 100 parts by weight of polyglycolic acid to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent. Using the obtained liquid crystal alignment agent, a liquid crystal display element was produced in the manner as described above.比较 [Comparative Example 2] PA1 and PA3 were mixed at a weight ratio of 8/2. To the obtained mixture, a mixed solvent of NMP/BC = 1/1 (weight ratio) was added, and the whole of the solution was diluted to a concentration of 4% by weight of polyglycine to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent. Using the obtained liquid crystal alignment agent, a liquid crystal display element was produced in the manner as described above. [Example 3] In 4% by weight of the liquid crystal alignment agent obtained in Comparative Example 2, a liquid crystal alignment agent was obtained by dissolving 2 parts by weight of TGDDM' with respect to 1 part by weight of polyglycolic acid. Using the obtained liquid crystal alignment agent, a liquid crystal display element was produced in the manner as described above. [Example 4] In 4% by weight of the liquid crystal alignment agent obtained in Comparative Example 2, 20 parts by weight of Celloxide 2021P was dissolved with respect to 100 parts by weight of polyglycolic acid to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent. Using the obtained liquid crystal alignment agent, a liquid crystal display element was produced in the manner as described above. [Comparative Example 3] A mixed solvent of nmp/BC = 1/1 (weight ratio) was added to PA4, and the entire solution was diluted with a concentration of t-bramic acid of 4% by weight to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent. Using the obtained liquid crystal alignment agent, a liquid crystal display element was produced in the manner as described above. [Example 5] In 4% by weight of the liquid crystal alignment agent obtained in Comparative Example 3, TGDDM dissolved in 2 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of polylysine was dissolved to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent. Using the obtained liquid crystal alignment agent, a liquid crystal display element was produced in the manner as described above. [Example 6] In 4% by weight of the liquid crystal alignment agent obtained in Comparative Example 3, e〇cn_104S was dissolved in an amount of 2 parts by weight based on 1 part by weight of polyglycolic acid to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent. Using the obtained liquid crystal alignment agent, a liquid crystal display element was produced in the manner as described above. [Comparative Example 4] A mixed solvent of NMP/BC = 1 A (weight ratio) was added to PA5, and 108 200930760 was diluted with the entire solution so that the concentration of polyproline was 4% by weight to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent. Using the obtained liquid crystal alignment agent, a liquid crystal display element was produced in the manner as described above. [Example 7] In 4% by weight of the liquid crystal alignment agent obtained in Comparative Example 4, dissolved = 2 parts by weight of TGDDM per 1 part by weight of polyglycolic acid to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent. Using the obtained liquid crystal alignment agent, a liquid crystal display element was produced in the manner as described above. [Example 8] In 4% by weight of the liquid crystal alignment agent obtained in Comparative Example 4, E〇CN_1〇4S was dissolved in an amount of 2 parts by weight based on 1 part by weight of polyacrylic acid to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent. . Using the obtained liquid crystal alignment agent, a liquid crystal display element was produced in the manner as described above. [Comparative Example 5] A mixed solvent of NMP/BC = 1/1 (weight ratio) was added to PA6, and Q was diluted with the concentration of polyacrylic acid to 4% by weight to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent. . Using the obtained liquid crystal alignment agent, a liquid crystal display element was produced in the manner as described above. [Example 9] In 4% by weight of the liquid crystal alignment agent obtained in Comparative Example 5, a liquid crystal alignment agent was obtained by dissolving 20 parts by weight of TGDDM per 100 parts by weight of polyglycolic acid. Using the obtained liquid crystal alignment agent, a liquid crystal display element was produced in the manner as described above. [Example 10] 109 200930760 〆 In 4% by weight of the liquid crystal alignment agent obtained in Comparative Example 5, E〇CN_1〇4S was dissolved in 2 parts by weight relative to 1 part by weight of polyglycine. Liquid crystal alignment agent. Using the obtained liquid crystal alignment agent, a liquid crystal display element was produced in the manner as described above. [Comparative Example 6] A mixed solvent of NMP/BC = 1/1 (weight ratio) was added to PA7, and the entire solution was subjected to release by a concentration of poly-aracine to 4% by weight to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent. . Using the obtained liquid crystal alignment agent, a liquid crystal display element was produced in the manner as described above. [Example 11] In 4% by weight of the liquid crystal alignment agent obtained in Comparative Example 6, it was dissolved, and 20 parts by weight of TGDDM was obtained for 100 parts by weight of polyglycolic acid to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent. Using the obtained liquid crystal alignment agent, a liquid crystal display element was produced in the manner as described above. [Comparative Example 7] A liquid crystal alignment agent was obtained by adding a mixed solvent of NMP/BC = 1/1 (weight ratio) to PA8 and dilute the entire solution so that the concentration of polyamine was 4% by weight. Using the obtained liquid crystal alignment agent, Red Heco was produced as described above. [Example 12] In 4% by weight of the liquid crystal alignment agent obtained in h» compared with Example 7, 20 g parts of TGDDM was dissolved for 100 parts by weight of polyglycolic acid to obtain a crystal alignment agent. The liquid crystal display element was produced by using the obtained liquid crystal in the manner as described above. 110 200930760 [Comparative Example 8] A mixed solvent of NMP/BC = 1 A (weight ratio) was added to PA9, and the entire solution was diluted so that the concentration of polyproline was 4% by weight to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent. Using the obtained liquid crystal alignment agent, a liquid crystal display element was produced in the manner as described above. [Comparative Example 9] In 4% by weight of the liquid crystal alignment agent obtained in Comparative Example 8, 20 parts by weight of TGDDM with respect to 100 parts by weight of polyglycolic acid was dissolved to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent. Using the obtained liquid crystal alignment agent, a liquid crystal display element was produced in the manner as described above. [Comparative Example 10] A mixed solvent of nmp/bc = "i (weight ratio) was added to PA10, and the entire solution was diluted with a concentration of polyglycolic acid of 4% by weight to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent. Using the obtained liquid crystal alignment agent, a liquid crystal display element was produced in the manner as described above. [Comparative Example 11] In 4% by weight of the liquid crystal alignment agent obtained in Comparative Example 10, 20 parts by weight of TGDDM for 1 part by weight of polyglycolic acid was dissolved to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent. Using the obtained liquid crystal alignment agent, a liquid crystal display element was produced in the following manner. [Comparative Example 12] A mixed solvent of NMP/BC = 1/1 (weight ratio) was added to PA11. The whole of the solution was subjected to release by a concentration of polyglycolic acid of 4% by weight to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent. Using the obtained liquid crystal alignment agent, a liquid crystal display element was produced in the manner as described in 111 200930760. [Comparative Example 13] In 4% by weight of the liquid crystal alignment agent obtained in Comparative Example 12, TGDDM was dissolved in an amount of 2 parts by weight based on 1 part by weight of the polyglycolic acid to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent. Using the obtained liquid crystal alignment agent, a liquid crystal display element was produced in the following manner. [Comparative Example 14] PA PA6 and PA12 were mixed at a weight ratio of 9/1. To the obtained mixture, a mixed solvent of NMP/BC = 1/1 (weight ratio) was added to give a weight of 4 parts by weight of polyglycine. /. The solution is diluted as a whole to obtain a liquid aa aligning agent. Using the obtained liquid crystal alignment agent, a liquid crystal display element was produced in the following manner. <Production Method of Liquid Crystal Display Element> (Example 13 to Example 20, Comparative Example 14 to Comparative Example 21) A liquid crystal alignment agent was applied onto two glass substrates with IT 〇Q electrodes using a spin coater. A film having a film thickness of 70 nm was formed. After coating to form a film, it was dried by heating at 80 ° C for about 5 minutes, at 210. (: The heat treatment was performed for 20 minutes to form a liquid crystal alignment film. Thereafter, the liquid crystal alignment film was ultrasonically washed in ultrapure water for 5 minutes, and then dried in an oven at 12 Torr for 30 minutes. 4 μm of the gap material was spread on the inside so that the surface on which the liquid crystal alignment film was formed was placed inside, and then sealed with an epoxy curing agent to prepare a liquid crystal cell having a gap of 4 μm. The liquid crystal composition shown below was injected with a light hardener to seal the inlet of 112 200930760. Then, heat treatment was performed for 30 minutes at ll ° C to prepare a liquid crystal display element.

C3H7 〇C3H7 〇

CgHnCgHn

5wt. % 7wt. % Swt % 8wt % 14wt%5wt. % 7wt. % Swt % 8wt % 14wt%

14wt % 10wt% 10wt%14wt % 10wt% 10wt%

12wt.%12wt.%

12wt% [實施例13] 在比較例14所獲得的4重量%的液晶配向劑中,溶解 113 200930760 相對於100重量份聚酿胺酸爲2〇重量份的TGDDM,而獲 得液晶配向劑。使用所獲得的液晶配向劑,通過和比較例 1〇相同的方式製作液晶顯示元件。 [比較例15] 以9/1的重量比混合pA6和pA13。在所獲得的混合物 添加NMP/BC=1/1 (重量比)的混合溶劑,以聚醯胺酸 的虞度達到4重量%的方式對溶液整體進行稀釋,而獲得 〇 液晶配向劑。使用所獲得的液晶配向劑,通過和比較例14 相同的方式製作液晶顯示元件。 [實施例14] 在比較例15所獲得的4重量%的液晶配向劑中,溶解 =對於1〇〇重量份聚醯胺酸爲2〇重量份的tgddm,而獲 得液晶配向劑。使用所獲得的液晶配向劑,通過和比較例 14相同的方式製作液晶顯示元件。 [比較例16] Q 以9/1的重1比混合PA6和PA14。在所獲得的混合物 中添加NMP/BC=l/l (重量比)的混合溶劑,以聚醯胺酸 的,度達到4重量%的方式對溶液整體進行稀釋,而獲得 、文日曰配向劑。使用所獲得的液晶配向劑,通過和比較例14 相同的方式製作液晶顯示元件。 [實施例15] 在比較例16所獲得的4重量%的液晶配向劑中,溶解 ^對於100重量份聚醯胺酸爲20重量份的157S70,而獲 得液晶配向劑。使用所獲得的液晶配向劑,通過和比較例 114 200930760 14相同的方式製作液晶顯示元件。 [比較例17] 以9/1的重量比混合pA15和pA16。在所獲得的混合 物中添加NMP/BC==1/1 (重量比)的混合溶劑,以聚醯胺 ,的漢度達到4重量%的方式對溶液整體進行稀釋,而獲 得液晶配向劑。使用所獲得的液晶配向劑,以和比較例14 相同的方式製作液晶顯示元件。 0 [實施例16] 在比較例17所獲得的4重量%的液晶配向劑中,溶解 相對於100重量份聚醯胺酸爲20重量份的TGDDM,而獲 得液晶配向劑。使用所獲得的液晶配向劑,以和比較例14 相同的方式製作液晶顯示元件。 [實施例17] 在比較例17所獲得的4重量%的液晶配向劑中,溶解 相對於100重量份聚醯胺酸爲2〇重量份的Cen〇xide 2〇21P,而獲得液晶配向劑。使用所獲得的液晶配向劑, ϋ 以和比較例14相同的方式製作液晶顯示元件。 [比較例18] 以9/1的重量比混合pAl5和ρΑ17。在所獲得的混合 物中添加NMP/BC=1/1 (重量比)的混合溶劑,以聚醯胺 酸的濃度達到4重量%的方式對溶液整體進行稀釋,而獲 得液晶配向劑。使用所獲得的液晶配向劑,以和比較例14 相同的方式製作液晶顯示元件。 [實施例18] 115 200930760 在比較例18所獲得的4重量%的液晶配向劑中,溶解 相對於1〇〇重量份聚醯胺酸爲2〇重量份的E〇CN_1〇4S, 而獲得液晶配向劑。使用所獲得的液晶配向劑,以和比較 . 例14相同的方式製作液晶顯示元件。 [比較例19] 、在PA18中添加NMP/BC= 1/1 (重量比)的混合溶劑, 以聚醯胺酸的濃度達到4重量%的方式對溶液整體進行稀 0 釋’而獲得液晶配向劑。使用所獲得的液晶配向劑,以和 比較例14相同的方式製作液晶顯示元件。 [實施例19] 在比較例19所獲得的4重量%的液晶配向劑中,溶解 =對於100重量份聚醯胺酸爲2〇重量份的TGDDM,而獲 得液晶配向劑。使用所獲得的液晶配向劑 ,以和比較例14 相同的方式製作液晶顯示元件。 [實施例20] Q 在比較例19所獲得的4重量❶/。的液晶配向劑中,溶解 相%於100重量份聚醯胺酸爲20重量份的E〇CN_1〇4S, 而獲得液晶配向劑。使用所獲得的液晶配向劑,以和比較 例14相同的方式製作液晶顯示元件。 [比較例20] 以9/1的重量比混合pA15和pA19。在所獲得的混合 =中添加NMP/BC=1/1 (重量比)的混合溶劑,以聚醯胺 $的濃度達到4重量%的方式對溶液整體進行稀釋,而獲 杆液晶配向劑。使用所獲得的液晶配向劑,以和比較例14 116 200930760 相同的方式製輕晶顯示元件。 [比較例21] 相斜20所獲得的4重量%的液晶配向劑中,溶解 楫浠曰' 量份聚醯胺酸爲20重量份的TGDDM,而獲 < 3.電特性的評價> 〇 〇 較例^所下則定實施例1〜實施例2〇 '比較例1〜比 。二示元件的離子密度和長期可靠性。 裝置 6254 型 〇.01 Hz ;電條件J下:波形爲三角波;頻率爲 度的值越小,電特性雜^溫度爲贼。測得的離子密 7電特生就越好。將結果示於表2、表3。 毪度的保持特性的測定 密度所的液晶顯示元件,隨著時間經過測定離子 性的試驗方如對離子^的保㈣性進行評價。保持特 溫度爲採用如τ方法:將液晶顯示元件放置在 示元件並測定遣著時間經過中途取出此液晶顯 數值越小,度[pc]。200小時後的離子密度的 期可靠性就越好。越好,並且電特性的長 表2、表3 0小時後和200小時後的數據示於 117 20093076012 wt% [Example 13] In 4% by weight of the liquid crystal alignment agent obtained in Comparative Example 14, a liquid crystal alignment agent was obtained by dissolving 113 200930760 with 2 parts by weight of TGDDM per 100 parts by weight of polyacrylic acid. Using the obtained liquid crystal alignment agent, a liquid crystal display element was produced in the same manner as in Comparative Example 1. [Comparative Example 15] pA6 and pA13 were mixed at a weight ratio of 9/1. To the obtained mixture, a mixed solvent of NMP/BC = 1/1 (weight ratio) was added, and the whole of the solution was diluted in such a manner that the mobility of the polyamic acid reached 4% by weight to obtain a ruthenium liquid crystal alignment agent. A liquid crystal display element was produced in the same manner as in Comparative Example 14 using the obtained liquid crystal alignment agent. [Example 14] In 4% by weight of the liquid crystal alignment agent obtained in Comparative Example 15, dissolution = 2 g parts by weight of tgddm for 1 part by weight of polyglycolic acid to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent. A liquid crystal display element was produced in the same manner as in Comparative Example 14 using the obtained liquid crystal alignment agent. [Comparative Example 16] Q PA6 and PA14 were mixed at a weight ratio of 9/1. Adding a mixed solvent of NMP/BC=l/l (weight ratio) to the obtained mixture, and diluting the whole solution in a manner that the degree of polyglycine is 4% by weight, thereby obtaining a hydrating agent . A liquid crystal display element was produced in the same manner as in Comparative Example 14 using the obtained liquid crystal alignment agent. [Example 15] In 4% by weight of the liquid crystal alignment agent obtained in Comparative Example 16, 20 parts by weight of 157S70 was dissolved for 100 parts by weight of polyglycolic acid to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent. Using the obtained liquid crystal alignment agent, a liquid crystal display element was produced in the same manner as in Comparative Example 114 200930760 14. [Comparative Example 17] pA15 and pA16 were mixed at a weight ratio of 9/1. To the obtained mixture, a mixed solvent of NMP/BC = 1 / 1 (weight ratio) was added, and the whole of the solution was diluted with a mass ratio of polyamine to 4% by weight to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent. A liquid crystal display element was produced in the same manner as in Comparative Example 14 using the obtained liquid crystal alignment agent. [Example 16] In 4% by weight of the liquid crystal alignment agent obtained in Comparative Example 17, 20 parts by weight of TGDDM was dissolved with respect to 100 parts by weight of polyglycolic acid to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent. A liquid crystal display element was produced in the same manner as in Comparative Example 14 using the obtained liquid crystal alignment agent. [Example 17] In 4% by weight of the liquid crystal alignment agent obtained in Comparative Example 17, Cen〇xide 2〇21P was dissolved in an amount of 2 parts by weight based on 100 parts by weight of polyglycolic acid to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent. Using the obtained liquid crystal alignment agent, 液晶 a liquid crystal display element was produced in the same manner as in Comparative Example 14. [Comparative Example 18] pAl5 and ρΑ17 were mixed at a weight ratio of 9/1. A mixed solvent of NMP/BC = 1/1 (weight ratio) was added to the obtained mixture, and the whole of the solution was diluted so that the concentration of polyglycolic acid reached 4% by weight to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent. A liquid crystal display element was produced in the same manner as in Comparative Example 14 using the obtained liquid crystal alignment agent. [Example 18] 115 200930760 In 4% by weight of the liquid crystal alignment agent obtained in Comparative Example 18, E〇CN_1〇4S was dissolved in an amount of 2 parts by weight based on 1 part by weight of polyglycolic acid to obtain a liquid crystal. An aligning agent. Using the obtained liquid crystal alignment agent, a liquid crystal display element was produced in the same manner as in Comparative Example 14. [Comparative Example 19] A mixed solvent of NMP/BC = 1/1 (weight ratio) was added to PA18, and the whole solution was subjected to a dilute zero release so that the concentration of polyglycine reached 4% by weight to obtain a liquid crystal alignment. Agent. A liquid crystal display element was produced in the same manner as in Comparative Example 14 using the obtained liquid crystal alignment agent. [Example 19] In 4% by weight of the liquid crystal alignment agent obtained in Comparative Example 19, dissolved = 2 parts by weight of TGDDM per 100 parts by weight of polyglycolic acid to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent. A liquid crystal display element was produced in the same manner as in Comparative Example 14 using the obtained liquid crystal alignment agent. [Example 20] Q 4 weight ❶/ obtained in Comparative Example 19. In the liquid crystal alignment agent, a liquid crystal alignment agent was obtained by dissolving 100% by weight of E〇CN_1〇4S in an amount of 100 parts by weight of polyamic acid. A liquid crystal display element was produced in the same manner as in Comparative Example 14 using the obtained liquid crystal alignment agent. [Comparative Example 20] pA15 and pA19 were mixed at a weight ratio of 9/1. A mixed solvent of NMP/BC = 1/1 (weight ratio) was added to the obtained mixing =, and the entire solution was diluted in such a manner that the concentration of the polyamidamine was 4% by weight to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent. Using the obtained liquid crystal alignment agent, a light crystal display element was produced in the same manner as in Comparative Example 14 116 200930760. [Comparative Example 21] In 4% by weight of the liquid crystal alignment agent obtained by the phase deviation 20, 20 parts by weight of TGDDM was dissolved in the amount of poly-proline, and the evaluation of < 3. Electrical characteristics was obtained. In the example, the first embodiment to the second embodiment are compared with the comparative example 1 to the ratio. The ion density and long-term reliability of the components are shown. Device 6254 type 〇.01 Hz; under electric condition J: the waveform is a triangular wave; the smaller the value of the frequency is, the electrical characteristic is the thief. The measured ion density is better. The results are shown in Table 2 and Table 3. Measurement of retention characteristics of the density The liquid crystal display element of the density was evaluated for the ionicity test over time. The temperature is maintained as follows: τ method: The liquid crystal display element is placed on the display element and the liquid crystal display value is taken out midway through the removal time. The smaller the value [pc]. The period reliability of the ion density after 200 hours is better. The better, and the long electrical characteristics are shown in Table 2, Table 3, and after 200 hours, as shown in 117 200930760.

表2 試驗 離- f密度(p( :) 聚醯胺 環氧化 合物 例No. 初始值 100小 時後 200小 時後 酸溶液 化合物 添加量 (重量%) 1. 比較例1 67 68 77 PA1/PA2 - 0 2. 實施例1 24 23 25 PA1/PA2 TGDDM 20 3. 實施例2 42 27 30 PA1/PA2 157S70 20 4. 比較例2 50 54 57 PA1/PA3 - 0 5. 實施例3 36 41 37 PA1/PA3 TGDDM 20 6. 實施例4 32 35 38 PA1/PA3 Celloxide 2021P 20 7. 比較例3 82 84 98 PA4 - 0 8. 實施例5 7 14 15 PA4 TGDDM 20 9. 實施例6 43 54 65 PA4 EOCN-104S 20 10. 比較例4 101 105 113 PA5 - 0 11. 實施例7 16 27 31 PA5 TGDDM 20 12. 實施例8 59 69 80 PA5 EOCN-104S 20 13. 比較例5 63 83 77 PA6 - 0 14. 實施例9 19 38 44 PA6 TGDDM 20 15. 實施例10 43 55 65 PA6 EOCN-104S 20 16. 比較例6 473 617 644 PA7 0 17. 實施例11 17 25 31 PA7 TGDDM 20 18. 比較例7 502 608 601 PA8 - 0 19. 實施例12 20 23 27 PA8 TGDDM 20 20. 比較例8 501 828 853 PA9 - 0 21. 比較例9 70 109 137 PA9 TGDDM 20 22. 比較例10 170 191 211 PA10 - 0 23. 比較例11 24 30 32 ΡΑΙΟ TGDDM 20 24. 比較例12 108 153 232 ΡΑ11 - 0 25. 比較例13 17 35 81 PA11 TGDDM 20 118 200930760 表3Table 2 Test-off-f density (p(:) Polydecylamine epoxy compound Example No. The amount of acid solution compound added after 200 hours after the initial value of 100 hours (% by weight) 1. Comparative Example 1 67 68 77 PA1/PA2 - 0 2. Example 1 24 23 25 PA1/PA2 TGDDM 20 3. Example 2 42 27 30 PA1/PA2 157S70 20 4. Comparative Example 2 50 54 57 PA1/PA3 - 0 5. Example 3 36 41 37 PA1/ PA3 TGDDM 20 6. Example 4 32 35 38 PA1/PA3 Celloxide 2021P 20 7. Comparative Example 3 82 84 98 PA4 - 0 8. Example 5 7 14 15 PA4 TGDDM 20 9. Example 6 43 54 65 PA4 EOCN- 104S 20 10. Comparative Example 4 101 105 113 PA5 - 0 11. Example 7 16 27 31 PA5 TGDDM 20 12. Example 8 59 69 80 PA5 EOCN-104S 20 13. Comparative Example 5 63 83 77 PA6 - 0 14. Example 9 19 38 44 PA6 TGDDM 20 15. Example 10 43 55 65 PA6 EOCN-104S 20 16. Comparative Example 6 473 617 644 PA7 0 17. Example 11 17 25 31 PA7 TGDDM 20 18. Comparative Example 7 502 608 601 PA8 - 0 19. Example 12 20 23 27 PA8 TGDDM 20 20. Comparative Example 8 501 828 853 PA9 - 0 21. Comparative Example 9 70 109 137 PA9 TGDDM 20 22. Comparative Example 10 170 191 211 PA10 - 0 23. Comparative Example 11 24 30 32 ΡΑΙΟ TGDDM 20 24. Comparative Example 12 108 153 232 ΡΑ11 - 0 25. Comparative Example 13 17 35 81 PA11 TGDDM 20 118 200930760 Table 3

Ο ο 〜如表2、表3所示,使用添加了環氧化合物的實施例i 〜實施例20的液晶配向劑的液晶顯示元件可以抑制離子 密度隨著時間經過而增大。 <4.配向特性的評價> 對於實施例卜3、5、7、9、11、12以及比較例〗〜比較 例13中所製作的液晶顯示元件,將注入液晶組合物後、加 119 200930760 熱處理前的此元件夾在兩塊偏向 _),觀察液晶的配向_ ^之間,貼裝背光源(back 表4 ❹ο ο 〜 As shown in Table 2 and Table 3, the liquid crystal display element using the liquid crystal alignment agents of Examples i to 20 in which the epoxy compound was added can suppress the increase in the ion density with the passage of time. <4. Evaluation of alignment characteristics> For the liquid crystal display elements produced in Examples 3, 5, 7, 9, 11, 12 and Comparative Examples to Comparative Example 13, after the liquid crystal composition was injected, 119 was added. 200930760 This component before heat treatment is sandwiched between two deflections _), observe the alignment of the liquid crystal _ ^, and mount the backlight (back table 4 ❹

::Γ二價:向特:二===: 兀件可以認爲配向性良好。將結果示於表4。 試驗例 No. 液晶配向劑 流動配向 42. 比較例1 43. 實施例1 44.叫 比較例2 無 45. 實施例3 46. __ " _ 比較例3 47. 實施例5 48. 比鲛例4 49. 實施例7 50. ' 5 51. 實施例9 52. —---- 比較例6 53. 實施例u 54. 比較例7 無 55. 實施例12 無 56. - —-- 比鮫例8 57. 比較例9 58. 比較例1〇 59. 比較例11 60. 比鲛例 61. ' 1--------- 比鼓例13 '·' ^^^1 12〇 200930760 如表4所示,此次所研發的添加有環氧化合物的液晶 配向劑,即使添加環氧化合物,也未確認到流動配向,可 以維持高配向性。 Ο 雖然本發明已以實施例揭露如上,然其並非用 本發明,任何所屬技術領域中具有通常知 、疋 本發明之精神和範圍内,當可作些許之^ ’在不脫離 發明之保護範圍當視後附之申請專利範 與潤飾,故 【圖式簡單說明] 固所界定者為準 故本 式簡單說明】 益。 【主要元件符號說明】 無0 0 121::Γ二价:向特:二===: The condition can be considered to be good in orientation. The results are shown in Table 4. Test Example No. Liquid crystal alignment agent flow alignment 42. Comparative Example 1 43. Example 1 44. Comparative Example 2 No. 45. Example 3 46. __ " _ Comparative Example 3 47. Example 5 48. Comparative Example 4 49. Example 7 50. '5 51. Example 9 52. —---- Comparative Example 6 53. Example u 54. Comparative Example 7 None 55. Example 12 No 56. - —-- Comparison Example 8 57. Comparative Example 9 58. Comparative Example 1〇59. Comparative Example 11 60. Comparative Example 61. ' 1--------- Than the drum example 13 '·' ^^^1 12〇200930760 As shown in Table 4, the liquid crystal alignment agent to which the epoxy compound was added, which was developed this time, did not confirm the flow alignment even when an epoxy compound was added, and the high alignment property was maintained. Although the present invention has been disclosed in the above embodiments, the present invention is not intended to be used in the scope of the present invention. When the patent application and the retouching are attached, the [simplified description of the schema] is defined as the quasi-definite reason. [Main component symbol description] None 0 0 121

Claims (1)

200930760 七、申請專利範圍: 1.一種液晶配向劑,其含有作爲二胺和四羧酸二酐的 反應産物的聚醯胺酸或其衍生物、以及平岣官能基數大於 1的具有環氧基的環氧化合物, 此液晶配向劑的特徵在於:所述二胺是下述通式(I) 所表示的二胺:200930760 VII. Patent application scope: 1. A liquid crystal alignment agent containing polyamic acid or a derivative thereof as a reaction product of a diamine and a tetracarboxylic dianhydride, and an epoxy group having a hydrazine functional group of more than 1. The epoxy compound, the liquid crystal alignment agent is characterized in that the diamine is a diamine represented by the following formula (I): (通式(I)中,X1及X2分別表示-0_或_CH2_ ’ γ1表 示-Η、下述結構式(11-1)、通式(ΙΙ-2)或者通式(Η-3), Ζ1表示可以具有曱基的碳數爲1〜12的亞烷基、下述通式 (ΙΙΙ-1)或通式(ΙΙΙ-2)所表示的1取代-1,1·亞環己基’ m、η及ρ分別表示〇或者1 ; 其中’ m+n + p爲〇、1或者3 ’ 當m + n + p爲〇時,γ1表糸通式(11_1)、通式(11-2) 或者通式(II-3), 當m + ii+p爲1時,瓜及!1表系〇2’且$表示 X2所鍵結的氨基苯基的氨基是鍵結在χ2的間位’ 當m + n + p爲3時,X1及X2分別表示-0ΚΗ2_, Υ1表示-Η,且Ζ1表示可以具有甲基的碳數爲1〜12的亞 烷基、或者通式(ΙΙΙ-1)或通式(IIP2)所表不的4·取代 -1,1-亞環己基), 122 200930760(In the general formula (I), X1 and X2 each represent -0 or _CH2_', and γ1 represents -Η, the following structural formula (11-1), general formula (ΙΙ-2) or general formula (Η-3) Ζ1 represents an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms which may have a mercapto group, a 1-substituted-1,1·cyclohexylene group represented by the following formula (ΙΙΙ-1) or the formula (ΙΙΙ-2) m, η, and ρ respectively represent 〇 or 1; where 'm+n + p is 〇, 1 or 3 ' When m + n + p is 〇, γ1 represents the general formula (11_1), general formula (11-2) Or formula (II-3), when m + ii+p is 1, the melon and !1 are 〇 2' and $ represents the amino group of the aminophenyl group to which X2 is bonded, which is bonded to the meta position of χ2 When m + n + p is 3, X1 and X2 represent -0ΚΗ2_, Υ1 represents -Η, and Ζ1 represents an alkylene group having a methyl group of 1 to 12, or a formula (ΙΙΙ-1) Or 4·substituted-1,1-cyclohexylene) represented by the formula (IIP2), 122 200930760 («-2) (II-3) (H-1) (通式(II-2)以及通式(Π-3)中,Y2及Y3分別表 〜30的烧基),(«-2) (II-3) (H-1) (In the formula (II-2) and the formula (Π-3), Y2 and Y3 are respectively shown in the group of -30), (ΪΙΙ-1)(ΪΙΙ-1) (川-2) _ * (通式(III-1)以及通式(III-2)中,Y4及Y5分別表 不碳數爲1〜3〇的烷基)。 2.如申請專利範圍第1項所述的液晶配向劑,其特徵 在1於.所述通式(J)所表示的二胺,是m + n + p爲3, 、及X分別表示或表示-H,且Z1表示所述 通式(111-1)或通式(III-2)所表示的4-取代-1,1-亞環己 基的二胺。(Chuan-2) _ * (In the general formula (III-1) and the general formula (III-2), Y4 and Y5 each represent an alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 3 Å). 2. The liquid crystal alignment agent according to claim 1, wherein the diamine represented by the formula (J) is m + n + p is 3, and X represents or And -H, and Z1 represents a 4-substituted-1,1-cyclohexylene diamine represented by the above formula (111-1) or (III-2). 3.如申請專利範圍第2項所述的液晶配向劑,其特徵 在於:所述通式(1)所表示的二胺是下述結構式A1以及 構式A2所表示的二胺中的一方或者兩方,3. The liquid crystal alignment agent according to the second aspect of the invention, wherein the diamine represented by the formula (1) is one of the following formula A1 and the diamine represented by the formula A2. Or two parties, 4.如申請專利範圍第2項或第3項所述的液晶配向 123 200930760 劑,其特徵在於H胺進—步包 一(vm_3)、結構式(VIII_7)从賴式(νπι·3ΐ)所表 不的一胺中的帛以上’所述吨酸二 及結構式(14)中的一方或者兩方, 稱^4. The liquid crystal alignment 123 200930760 agent according to the second or third aspect of the patent application, characterized in that the H amine is in the first step (vm_3) and the structural formula (VIII_7) is from the Lai type (νπι·3ΐ). One or both of the above-mentioned t-acids and the structural formula (14) of the above-mentioned one amine, which is called ^ 5·如申请專利範圍帛丨項所述的液晶配向劑 Ο ,其特徵 】於.,述通式⑴戶斤表示的二胺,;I: m + n + p爲3, X及X分別表示-〇_或<氏-,Y1表示_H,且Ζι表示可以 具有甲基的碳數爲1〜12的亞絲的二胺。 6. 如申請專利範圍第5項所述的液晶配向劑,其特徵 U =·所述,式⑴所表示的二胺,是X1及X2分別表示 -2_ ’且Z1表示可以具有甲基的碳數爲1〜1〇的亞烷基 的二胺。 7. 如申請專利範圍第6項所述的液晶配向劑’其特徵 _於*所述通式(I)所表示的二胺爲下述結構式B1所表 不的二胺, 124 200930760 h2n5. The liquid crystal alignment agent 所述 according to the scope of the patent application, characterized in that: the diamine represented by the formula (1) is a smear; I: m + n + p is 3, X and X respectively represent -〇_ or <-, Y1 represents _H, and Ζι denotes a diamine having a methyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 12. 6. The liquid crystal alignment agent according to claim 5, wherein the diamine represented by the formula (1) is X1 and X2 respectively represent -2' and Z1 represents a carbon which may have a methyl group. The number of 1 to 1 Å of an alkylene diamine. 7. The liquid crystal alignment agent as described in claim 6 is characterized in that the diamine represented by the above formula (I) is a diamine represented by the following structural formula B1, 124 200930760 h2n (B1) nh2 如申請專利範圍第5頊至第7項中任一項所述的液 『曰配向劑,其特徵在於:所述二胺進一步包括下述結構式 (VIIM3)所表示的二胺,所述四羧酸二酐爲下述結構式 (1)及結構式(14)中的/方或者兩方, h2m、八 P Q(B1) The liquid "曰 aligning agent" according to any one of claims 5 to 7, wherein the diamine further includes a diamine represented by the following structural formula (VIIM3) The tetracarboxylic dianhydride is / or both of the following structural formula (1) and structural formula (14), h2m, eight PQ (VitUi3) 9.如申請專利範圍第1項所述的液晶配向劑,其特徵 在!於._所迷通式(I)所表示的二胺,是m+n+p爲0 ’且 Y表不所述通式(11-1)、通式(II-2)或者通式(II-3)的 二胺。 1〇.如申請專利範圍第9項所述的液晶配向劑,其特徵 述通式⑴所表示的二胺,是所述通式(工⑵ i式(11-3 )中的γ2及Y3分別表示碳數爲1〜20的燒基 11.如申請專利範圍第9項 所述的液晶配向 在於:所述通式⑴戶斤表示的二胺,是選自下 边結構式C1〜結構式C4所表示的二胺㈣—種以上, 125 200930760(VitUi3) 9. The liquid crystal alignment agent according to claim 1, which is characterized in that the diamine represented by the general formula (I) is m+n+p is 0' and Y The diamines of the formula (11-1), the formula (II-2) or the formula (II-3) are not shown. 1. The liquid crystal alignment agent according to claim 9, wherein the diamine represented by the formula (1) is the γ2 and Y3 in the formula (2) i (11-3) The liquid crystal according to claim 9 is characterized in that the diamine represented by the formula (1) is selected from the following structural formula C1 to structural formula C4. Derived diamine (four) - above, 125 200930760 12.如申請專利範圍第9項所述的液晶配向劑,其特徵 在於:所述二胺進一步包括下述結構式(VIII-1)以及結 構式(VIII-7)所表示的二胺中的一方或者兩方,所述四 羧酸二酐爲下述結構式(1)及結構式(14)中的一方或者 兩方,12. The liquid crystal alignment agent according to claim 9, wherein the diamine further comprises a diamine represented by the following structural formula (VIII-1) and structural formula (VIII-7); One or both of the tetracarboxylic dianhydrides are one or both of the following structural formula (1) and structural formula (14). 13.如申請專利範圍第1項所述的液晶配向劑,其特徵 在於:所述通式(I)所表示的二胺,是m +η+ p爲1,m 及η爲0,且X2表示-Ο-,X2所鍵結的氨基苯基的氨基鍵 126 200930760 結在x2的間位的一胺 M.如申請專利範ίΐ第13_項所述的液晶配向劑,其特 徵在於:所述通式⑴&_式D1以 及結構式D2麻示的>胺巾的方或者兩方’ HaNThe liquid crystal alignment agent according to the first aspect of the invention, wherein the diamine represented by the formula (I) is m + η + p is 1, m and η are 0, and X 2 An amino group 126 which represents an aminophenyl group to which X2 is bonded. 126 200930760 A monoamine M which is a meta position of x2. The liquid crystal alignment agent according to claim 13 is characterized in that: The formula (1) &_form D1 and the structural formula D2 show the side or both sides of the amine towel ' HaN (D1)(D1) 15·如申請專利範蘭第13項或第14項所述的液晶配向 劑,其特徵在於:所述四羧酸二㈣下述結構式⑴及結 構式(14)中的一方或者兩方’The liquid crystal alignment agent according to claim 13 or claim 14, wherein the tetracarboxylic acid is one or both of the following structural formula (1) and structural formula (14). (1)(1) 16.如申請專利範圍第1項所述的液晶配向劑,其特徵 在於··所述二胺包括所述通式(I)中的m + n + p爲3, X1及X2分別表示-0-或CH2、,γ1表示_H,且zl表示可以 具有甲基的碳數爲1〜12的純基的二胺,以及選自下述 四種二胺中的一種以上: ⑴所述通式(/)中的m + n + p爲3,X1及X2分 別表示或-CH2-,Y表示、H,且zl表示所述通式(冚心) 或通式(IH-2)所表示的4兔代_u_亞環己基的二胺; (2)所述通式⑴中的m + n + p爲〇,且γι表示所 127 200930760 述通式(Π-1)、通式(II-2)或者通式(II-3)的二胺; (3 )所述通式(I)中的m + n + p爲l,m及η爲0, 且X2表示-0-,X2所鍵結的氨基苯基的氨基鍵結在X2的 間位的二胺; (4)所述通式(I)中的m + n + p爲0,Υ1表示通式 (II-4)的二胺,16. The liquid crystal alignment agent according to claim 1, wherein the diamine comprises m + n + p in the formula (I) is 3, and X1 and X2 represent -0, respectively. - or CH2, γ1 represents _H, and zl represents a diamine having a pure group having a methyl group of 1 to 12, and one or more selected from the group consisting of the following four kinds of diamines: (1) m + n + p in (/) is 3, X1 and X2 represent or -CH2-, Y represents, H, and zl represents the formula (heart) or formula (IH-2) (4) a diamine of the _u_cyclohexylene group; (2) m + n + p in the formula (1) is 〇, and γι denotes 127 200930760, a formula (Π-1), a formula (II) -2) or a diamine of the formula (II-3); (3) m + n + p in the formula (I) is 1, m and η are 0, and X2 represents -0-, X2 The amino group of the bonded aminophenyl group is bonded to the diamine of the meta position of X2; (4) m + n + p in the formula (I) is 0, and Υ1 represents the formula II (II-4) amine, (11-4) (通式(II-4)中,Y6表示碳數爲1〜30的烷基)。 17.如申請專利範圍第16項所述的液晶配向劑,其特 徵在於:所述通式(I)所表示的二胺包括下述結構式B1 所表示的二胺、以及選自下述四種二胺中的一種以上: (1) 下述結構式A1或者結構式A2所表示的二胺; (2) 下述結構式C1或者結構式C2所表示的二胺; © (3)下述結構式D1或者結構式D2所表示的二胺; (4)下述結構式(XI-47)所表示的二胺,(11-4) (In the formula (II-4), Y6 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms). 17. The liquid crystal alignment agent according to claim 16, wherein the diamine represented by the formula (I) includes a diamine represented by the following structural formula B1, and is selected from the following four One or more kinds of the diamines: (1) a diamine represented by the following structural formula A1 or structural formula A2; (2) a diamine represented by the following structural formula C1 or structural formula C2; © (3) a diamine represented by the structural formula D1 or the structural formula D2; (4) a diamine represented by the following structural formula (XI-47), <B1) 128 200930760<B1) 128 200930760 18. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述的液晶配向劑,其特徵 在於:含有兩種以上聚醯胺酸或其衍生物。 19. 如申請專利範圍第18項所述的液晶配向劑,其特 徵在於:含有作爲所述通式(I)中的m + n + p爲3,X1 及X分別表不_0-或-CH〗-,Y表不,且Z表不可以具 有曱基的碳數爲1〜12的亞烷基的二胺與四羧酸二酐的反 129 200930760 物’以及下述三種聚酿胺酸或 2 ( 1)作爲所述通式(I)中的m + n + p爲3,:^1及 X2分別表示或_讯_,γ1表示,且zl表示所述通式 (III-1)或通式(ΙΠ-2)所表示的4-取代-1,1-亞環己基的 胺與四緩酸一酐的反應産物的聚醢胺酸或者其衍生物;18. The liquid crystal alignment agent according to claim 1, which comprises two or more kinds of polyaminic acid or a derivative thereof. 19. The liquid crystal alignment agent according to claim 18, wherein m + n + p in the general formula (I) is 3, and X1 and X respectively represent _0- or - CH〗-, Y is not, and the Z table may not have a mercapto group of 1 to 12 alkylene diamines and tetracarboxylic dianhydrides of the anti-129 200930760 ' and the following three poly-aracines Or 2 ( 1 ) as m + n + p in the general formula (I) is 3, :1 and X2 respectively represent or _, γ1, and z1 represents the general formula (III-1) Or polylysine or a derivative thereof, which is a reaction product of a 4-substituted-1,1-cyclohexylene group represented by the formula (ΙΠ-2) with a tetrasulphuric acid anhydride; ❹ (2) 作爲所述通式(I)中的m + n + p爲〇,且γΐ 表示通式(ΙΜ)、通式(π_2)或者通式(π_3)的二胺與 四叛酸二酐的反應産物的聚醯胺酸或者其衍生物; (3) 作爲所述通式(I)中的m + n + p爲1,m及η 爲20 ’且χ2表示-〇-,X2所鍵結的氨基苯基的氨基鍵結在 X2的間位的二胺與四羧酸二酐的反應産物的聚醯胺酸或 其衍生物。 20. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述的液晶配向劑,其特徵 在於:所述環氧化合物是選自縮水甘油醚、縮水甘油酯、 縮水甘油胺、含環氧基的丙烯酸系樹脂、縮水甘油醯胺、 異氰脲酸縮水甘油酯、鏈狀脂肪族型環氧化合物以及環狀 脂肪族型環氧化合物所組成的族群中的一種以上。 21. 如申請專利範圍第20項所述的液晶配向劑,其特 徵在於:所述環氧化合物是選自Ν,Ν,Ν',Ν'-四縮水甘油基 間二曱苯二胺、1,3-雙(Ν,Ν-二縮水甘油基氨基甲基)環己 燒、Ν,Ν,Ν’,Ν,-四縮水甘油基-4,4,-二氨基二苯基甲烷、 2_[4-(2,3-環氧丙氧基)苯基]_2_[4-[1,1_雙[4-([2,3-環氧丙氧 基]苯基)]乙基]苯基]丙烷、3,4-環氧環己烯曱基-3,,4,-環氧 130 200930760 環己烯基甲酸酯、N-苯基馬來醯亞胺_甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油 酯共聚物、雙酚A酚醛型環氧化合物、甲酚酚醛型環氧化 合物以及Ν,Ν,0-三縮水甘油基對氨基苯酚中的一種以上。 22· —種液晶配向膜’其特徵在於:此液晶配向膜是對 如申請專利範圍第1項至第21項中任一項所述的液晶配向 劑的膜進行煆燒而形成的。 23.—種液晶顯示元件,其具備對向配置的一對基板, ◎ 形成在所述一對基板各自所對向的面中的-面或者兩面上 的電極,形成在所述-對基板各自所對向的面上的液晶配 向膜,以及形成在所述-對基板之間的液晶層,其特徵在 於:所述液晶配向膜是中請專利_第22項所述的液晶配 向膜。 131 200930760 四、 指定代表圖: (一) 本案之指定代表圖:無。 (二) 本代表圖之元件符號簡單說明: 無。 五、 本案若有化學式時,請揭示最能顯示發明特徵 的化學式:❹ (2) As the m + n + p in the above formula (I) is 〇, and γ ΐ represents a diamine of the formula (ΙΜ), a formula (π_2) or a formula (π_3) and a tetrahydro acid a polyamic acid or a derivative thereof as a reaction product of an anhydride; (3) m + n + p in the general formula (I) is 1, m and η are 20 ' and χ 2 represents -〇-, X2 The amino group of the bonded aminophenyl group is a polyamine or a derivative thereof which is a reaction product of a diamine and a tetracarboxylic dianhydride at the meta position of X2. The liquid crystal alignment agent according to claim 1, wherein the epoxy compound is selected from the group consisting of glycidyl ether, glycidyl ester, glycidylamine, epoxy group-containing acrylic resin, and shrinkage. One or more of the group consisting of glycerin amide, glycidyl isocyanurate, a chain aliphatic epoxide, and a cyclic aliphatic epoxide. 21. The liquid crystal alignment agent according to claim 20, wherein the epoxy compound is selected from the group consisting of ruthenium, osmium, iridium, Ν'-tetraglycidyl-diphenylene diamine, 1 , 3-bis(indole, fluorene-bisglycidylaminomethyl) cyclohexene, hydrazine, hydrazine, hydrazine, hydrazine, tetraglycidyl-4,4,-diaminodiphenylmethane, 2_[ 4-(2,3-epoxypropoxy)phenyl]_2_[4-[1,1-bis[4-([2,3-epoxypropoxy]phenyl)]ethyl]phenyl Propane, 3,4-epoxycyclohexenyl-3,4,-epoxy 130 200930760 Cyclohexenylcarboxylate, N-phenylmaleimide-glycidyl methacrylate copolymerization And a bisphenol A phenolic epoxy compound, a cresol novolac epoxy compound, and one or more of hydrazine, hydrazine, and 0-triglycidyl p-aminophenol. The liquid crystal alignment film is formed by calcining a film of the liquid crystal alignment agent according to any one of claims 1 to 21. A liquid crystal display device comprising: a pair of substrates arranged in opposite directions, ◎ electrodes formed on a surface or both surfaces of a surface facing each of the pair of substrates, formed on each of the pair of substrates The liquid crystal alignment film on the opposite surface, and the liquid crystal layer formed between the pair of substrates, wherein the liquid crystal alignment film is the liquid crystal alignment film according to the above-mentioned item. 131 200930760 IV. Designated representative map: (1) The designated representative of the case: None. (2) A brief description of the component symbols of this representative figure: None. 5. If there is a chemical formula in this case, please disclose the chemical formula that best shows the characteristics of the invention: (通式⑴中,X1及X2分別表示-0_或_〇12-,Y1表 示_H、下述結構式(Π-1)、通式(II-2)或者通式(ιι·3), Ζ1表示彳以具有甲基的碳數爲1〜12的亞烷基、下述通式 (III-1)或通式(III-2)所表示的4-取代―丨山亞環己基, m、n及Ρ分別表示〇或者1;(In the general formula (1), X1 and X2 respectively represent -0_ or _〇12-, Y1 represents _H, the following structural formula (Π-1), general formula (II-2) or general formula (ιι·3) Ζ1 represents an alkylene group having a methyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 12, a 4-substituted-pyrene ring represented by the following formula (III-1) or (III-2), m, n and Ρ represent 〇 or 1 respectively; ([M) 闕([M) 阙 (通式(Π-2 )以及通式(II-3 )中,γ2及γ3分別表 示碳數爲1〜30的烧基),(In the formula (Π-2) and the formula (II-3), γ2 and γ3 each represent a group having a carbon number of 1 to 30), (通式(III_1)以及通式(ΙΠ·2)中’ Y4及Y5分別表Γ、石山 數爲1〜30的烧基)。 Ί 3(In the general formula (III_1) and the general formula (ΙΠ·2), 'Y4 and Y5 respectively represent a burnt group having a number of stones of 1 to 30). Ί 3
TW097150526A 2007-12-27 2008-12-24 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element TWI454529B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2007336532 2007-12-27

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW200930760A true TW200930760A (en) 2009-07-16
TWI454529B TWI454529B (en) 2014-10-01

Family

ID=40827908

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW097150526A TWI454529B (en) 2007-12-27 2008-12-24 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element

Country Status (4)

Country Link
JP (1) JP5577591B2 (en)
KR (1) KR101526253B1 (en)
CN (1) CN101470302A (en)
TW (1) TWI454529B (en)

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI418935B (en) * 2009-08-28 2013-12-11 Lg Chemical Ltd Low temperature curing photosensitive resin composition and dry film prepared thereby
TWI487742B (en) * 2012-09-10 2015-06-11 Lg Chemical Ltd Composition for photo-alignment layer and photo-alignment layer
TWI504677B (en) * 2010-05-06 2015-10-21 Jsr Corp Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
TWI699400B (en) * 2015-02-12 2020-07-21 日商日產化學工業股份有限公司 Liquid crystal alignment agent

Families Citing this family (20)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI392935B (en) 2009-10-02 2013-04-11 Chi Mei Corp Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element
CN102051185B (en) * 2009-11-03 2013-07-17 奇美实业股份有限公司 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element
KR20110067574A (en) * 2009-12-14 2011-06-22 삼성전자주식회사 Liquid Crystal Display and Manufacturing Method Thereof
KR20110124124A (en) * 2010-05-10 2011-11-16 짓쏘 세끼유 가가꾸 가부시키가이샤 Diamine, liquid crystal aligning agent, and liquid crystal display element
CN103026291B (en) * 2010-06-10 2015-08-19 日产化学工业株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal aligning film and liquid crystal display element
KR101943401B1 (en) * 2010-08-11 2019-01-29 닛산 가가쿠 가부시키가이샤 Liquid crystal orientation material
TWI412847B (en) * 2011-01-04 2013-10-21 Chi Mei Corp Liquid crystal (lc) alignment composition, lc alignment film and lc display device having thereof
JP2012155311A (en) * 2011-01-05 2012-08-16 Jnc Corp Liquid crystal aligning agent for forming photo-aligning liquid crystal alignment layer, liquid crystal alignment layer and liquid crystal display element using the same
JP6079210B2 (en) * 2012-03-28 2017-02-15 Jsr株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal aligning film, liquid crystal display element, polymer and compound
JP6172453B2 (en) * 2012-12-28 2017-08-02 Jsr株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment agent
JP6350795B2 (en) * 2013-05-29 2018-07-04 Jsr株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment agent
TWI565756B (en) * 2015-03-04 2017-01-11 奇美實業股份有限公司 Composition for liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element having the same
KR102531268B1 (en) * 2015-12-31 2023-05-12 주식회사 동진쎄미켐 Polyimideprecursor, method for producing thereof and method for producing polyimide film using the same
CN109790382B (en) 2016-09-28 2024-09-13 陶氏环球技术有限责任公司 Solvent system for synthesizing poly (amic acid) and polyimide polymers
CN108885375B (en) 2016-11-28 2021-05-18 株式会社Lg化学 Liquid crystal alignment film, method for producing the same, and liquid crystal display device using the same
KR101973192B1 (en) 2017-06-29 2019-04-26 주식회사 엘지화학 Liquid crystal alignment composition, method of preparing liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal alignment film using the same
KR101994430B1 (en) 2017-06-30 2019-09-24 주식회사 엘지화학 Liquid crystal alignment composition, method of preparing liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal alignment film using the same
KR102065718B1 (en) 2017-10-17 2020-02-11 주식회사 엘지화학 Liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display using the same
CN110734771B (en) * 2019-09-27 2022-12-20 江苏三月科技股份有限公司 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element
JP2025072914A (en) * 2023-10-25 2025-05-12 Toppanホールディングス株式会社 Light-adjusting sheet, light-adjusting device, and method for manufacturing light-adjusting sheet

Family Cites Families (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2762551B2 (en) * 1989-04-25 1998-06-04 東レ株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display device
JP3968823B2 (en) * 1997-06-09 2007-08-29 Jsr株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment agent
JP4586503B2 (en) * 2004-02-12 2010-11-24 チッソ株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent, alignment film, and liquid crystal display device having the alignment film
TWI351428B (en) * 2004-02-12 2011-11-01 Chisso Corp Liquid crystal oriented agent, oriented film and l
JP2007121991A (en) * 2005-09-29 2007-05-17 Sony Corp Liquid crystal orientated film and liquid crystal display element
KR100782437B1 (en) * 2005-12-30 2007-12-05 제일모직주식회사 Liquid crystal aligning agent
JP4992436B2 (en) * 2006-03-24 2012-08-08 Jnc株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
TWI409298B (en) * 2006-03-24 2013-09-21 Jnc Corp Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display device
JP5061709B2 (en) * 2006-06-29 2012-10-31 Jnc株式会社 Composition for liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
JP5045241B2 (en) * 2006-07-10 2012-10-10 Jnc株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
JP4941120B2 (en) * 2006-09-01 2012-05-30 Jnc株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element

Cited By (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI418935B (en) * 2009-08-28 2013-12-11 Lg Chemical Ltd Low temperature curing photosensitive resin composition and dry film prepared thereby
TWI504677B (en) * 2010-05-06 2015-10-21 Jsr Corp Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
TWI487742B (en) * 2012-09-10 2015-06-11 Lg Chemical Ltd Composition for photo-alignment layer and photo-alignment layer
US9366907B2 (en) 2012-09-10 2016-06-14 Lg Chem, Ltd. Composition for photo-alignment layer and photo-alignment layer
TWI699400B (en) * 2015-02-12 2020-07-21 日商日產化學工業股份有限公司 Liquid crystal alignment agent

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN101470302A (en) 2009-07-01
KR20090071448A (en) 2009-07-01
KR101526253B1 (en) 2015-06-05
JP5577591B2 (en) 2014-08-27
TWI454529B (en) 2014-10-01
JP2009175715A (en) 2009-08-06

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TW200930760A (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display
TWI492966B (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display
TWI458754B (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display device
TWI606081B (en) Method of forming liquid crystal alignment film for photo-alignment, and liquid crystal displays
JP5556482B2 (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
TWI596138B (en) Method to form liquid crystal photo-alignment film, and liquid crystal display
TWI586709B (en) Polyamic acid and derivatives thereof, liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display device using the same
TWI609853B (en) Photosensitive diamine, polyamic acid or derivatives thereof, liquid crystal aligning agents, liquid crystal aligning film and liquid crystal display devices
TWI592437B (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent for forming liquid crystal alignment film for photoalignment, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display device using the same
TWI692506B (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent for forming liquid crystal aligning layer, liquid crystal aligning layer and liquid crystal display device using the same
CN105694912B (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent for photo-alignment, liquid crystal aligning film, and liquid crystal display element using the same
TW201538573A (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display device
TW201434974A (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal aligning film and liquid crystal display device
TW201437262A (en) Polylysine and its derivatives and its use, liquid alignment film for liquid alignment, liquid crystal display elements and tetracarboxylic dianhydride
TW201132617A (en) Diamines having the structure of diphenylamine in two positions in the molecule, polymers obtained by reacting the diamines, liquid crystal aligning agents containing the polymers, liquid crystal aligning layers formed by using the liquid crystal alignin
TW200906914A (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment layer and liquid crystal display
TWI567109B (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display device, phase difference film and manufacturing method thereof, polymer and compound
TW201706334A (en) Liquid crystal aligning agents for forming photo-aligning liquid crystal alignment layers, liquid crystal alignment layers and liquid crystal display devices using the same
TWI705091B (en) Liquid crystal aligning agents for photoalignment, liquid crystal alignment layers, and liquid crystal display devices and lateral electric field display devices using the same
CN101735826A (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
JP2015020999A (en) Novel diamine, polymer using the same, liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
TW201605844A (en) Triazole-containing tetracaboxylic acid dianhydrides, polymer, liquid crystal aligning agents, liquid crystal alignment layers, and liquid crystal display devices using the same
TW201211108A (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film produced using same, and liquid crystal display element
TWI427121B (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
TWI409298B (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
MM4A Annulment or lapse of patent due to non-payment of fees